A'man Khalaqa أَمَّنْ خَلَقَ
Part 20 of 30 • 168 Verses
أَمَّنْ خَلَقَ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ وَأَنزَلَ لَكُم مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ مَآءً فَأَنۢبَتْنَا بِهِۦ حَدَآئِقَ ذَاتَ بَهْجَةٍ مَّا كَانَ لَكُمْ أَن تُنۢبِتُوا۟ شَجَرَهَآ ۗ أَءِلَٰهٌ مَّعَ ٱللَّهِ ۚ بَلْ هُمْ قَوْمٌ يَعْدِلُونَ
سَمَآءٌ کے معنے آسمان کے علاوہ بادل کے بھی ہوتے ہیں (اقرب)
عَدَلَ بِرَبِّہٖ کے معنے ہوتے ہیں اَشْرَکَ (اقرب) یعنی شریک قرار دیا۔
31:11; 50:10.
6:2.
The first argument in favour of the subject introduced in the preceding verse is taken from nature—from the creation of heavens and earth, from the coming down of rain and the life it gives to the dead earth, and from mountains and rivers.
31:11; 50:10.
6:2.
Commentary:
The first argument in favour of the subject introduced in the preceding verse is taken from nature—from the creation of heavens and earth, from the coming down of rain and the life it gives to the dead earth and from mountains and rivers. All these things point to the existence of a great Divine Being Who is One and Unique in His marvellous powers and attributes.
b
31:11; 50:10.
c
6:2.
3
سَمَآءٌ کے معنے آسمان کے علاوہ بادل کے بھی ہوتے ہیں (اقرب)
4
عَدَلَ بِرَبِّہٖ کے معنے ہوتے ہیں اَشْرَکَ (اقرب) یعنی شریک قرار دیا۔
b
31:11; 50:10.
c
6:2.
2854
Commentary:
The first argument in favour of the subject introduced in the preceding verse is taken from nature—from the creation of heavens and earth, from the coming down of rain and the life it gives to the dead earth and from mountains and rivers. All these things point to the existence of a great Divine Being Who is One and Unique in His marvellous powers and attributes.
b
31:11; 50:10.
c
6:2.
2182
The first argument in favour of the subject introduced in the preceding verse is taken from nature—from the creation of heavens and earth, from the coming down of rain and the life it gives to the dead earth, and from mountains and rivers.
أَمَّن جَعَلَ ٱلْأَرْضَ قَرَارًا وَجَعَلَ خِلَٰلَهَآ أَنْهَٰرًا وَجَعَلَ لَهَا رَوَٰسِىَ وَجَعَلَ بَيْنَ ٱلْبَحْرَيْنِ حَاجِزًا ۗ أَءِلَٰهٌ مَّعَ ٱللَّهِ ۚ بَلْ أَكْثَرُهُمْ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ
تفصیل کے لئے دیکھئے نوٹ سورہ ٔ فرقان آیت۵۴۔
20:54; 78:7.
25:54; 55:20, 21.
The argument, begun in the preceding verse, is here further developed and expanded.
20:54; 78:7.
25:54; 55:20-21.
Commentary:
The argument begun in the preceding verse is here further developed and expanded. For an explanation of the expression "and put a barrier between the two waters" see 25:54.
d
20:54; 78:7.
e
25:54; 55:20, 21.
1
تفصیل کے لئے دیکھئے نوٹ سورہ ٔ فرقان آیت۵۴۔
d
20:54; 78:7.
e
25:54; 55:20-21.
2855
Commentary:
The argument begun in the preceding verse is here further developed and expanded. For an explanation of the expression "and put a barrier between the two waters" see 25:54.
d
20:54; 78:7.
e
25:54; 55:20, 21.
2183
The argument, begun in the preceding verse, is here further developed and expanded.
أَمَّن يُجِيبُ ٱلْمُضْطَرَّ إِذَا دَعَاهُ وَيَكْشِفُ ٱلسُّوٓءَ وَيَجْعَلُكُمْ خُلَفَآءَ ٱلْأَرْضِ ۗ أَءِلَٰهٌ مَّعَ ٱللَّهِ ۚ قَلِيلًا مَّا تَذَكَّرُونَ
قَلِیْل کا لفظ عربی زبان کے محاورہ میں کلی نفی کے لئے بھی استعمال ہوتا ہے۔ اردو میں بھی کہتے ہیں ’’تم مانتے تھوڑا ہی ہو‘‘؟ جس کا مطلب یہ ہوتا ہے کہ تم بالکل نہیں مانتے۔
2:187; 7:56.
10:15.
As God’s great powers are manifested in the marvellous working of the laws of nature (preceding verse), so are they manifested in man’s inner conscience when he cries to God in the agony of his soul and God listens to his cry.
2:187; 7:56.
10:15.
Commentary:
This verse gives the second argument in support of God’s existence, His great and unlimited Powers and Unity. It purports to say that as God’s great powers are manifested in the marvellous working of the laws of nature, so are they manifested in man’s inner conscience when he cries to God in the agony of his soul and God listens to his cry. The acceptance of prayers which is the pith and kernel of all religious belief constitutes one of the most important arguments to prove the existence of God. If man had not witnessed great miracles being performed in all ages through the acceptance of prayers by God of His dear ones, he would have justifiably ceased to believe in God’s existence.
The words, "Who answers the distressed when he calls upon Him," may also refer to the extremely weak and distressed state of the Companions of the Holy Prophet when in their agony they prayed to God and He heard their prayers. The words, "and makes you Successors in the earth," lend support to this inference inasmuch as they implied a prophecy that the weak and distressed Muslims would one day become rulers in the land in which at that time there was no security and safety for them.
f
2:187; 7:56.
g
10:15.
951
正如安拉的伟大力量在自然法则 (上节经文) 的绝妙的运行中显示出来那样, 他的伟大力量也在人类的内心中显示出来。当他们向安拉祈祷诉说自己心灵中的痛苦时, 安拉听取他们的祈祷。
2
قَلِیْل کا لفظ عربی زبان کے محاورہ میں کلی نفی کے لئے بھی استعمال ہوتا ہے۔ اردو میں بھی کہتے ہیں ’’تم مانتے تھوڑا ہی ہو‘‘؟ جس کا مطلب یہ ہوتا ہے کہ تم بالکل نہیں مانتے۔
a
2:187; 7:56.
b
10:15.
2856
Commentary:
This verse gives the second argument in support of God’s existence, His great and unlimited Powers and Unity. It purports to say that as God’s great powers are manifested in the marvellous working of the laws of nature, so are they manifested in man’s inner conscience when he cries to God in the agony of his soul and God listens to his cry. The acceptance of prayers which is the pith and kernel of all religious belief constitutes one of the most important arguments to prove the existence of God. If man had not witnessed great miracles being performed in all ages through the acceptance of prayers by God of His dear ones, he would have justifiably ceased to believe in God’s existence.
The words, "Who answers the distressed when he calls upon Him," may also refer to the extremely weak and distressed state of the Companions of the Holy Prophet when in their agony they prayed to God and He heard their prayers. The words, "and makes you Successors in the earth," lend support to this inference inasmuch as they implied a prophecy that the weak and distressed Muslims would one day become rulers in the land in which at that time there was no security and safety for them.
a
2:187; 7:56.
b
10:15.
2184
As God’s great powers are manifested in the marvellous working of the laws of nature (preceding verse), so are they manifested in man’s inner conscience when he cries to God in the agony of his soul and God listens to his cry.
أَمَّن يَهْدِيكُمْ فِى ظُلُمَٰتِ ٱلْبَرِّ وَٱلْبَحْرِ وَمَن يُرْسِلُ ٱلرِّيَٰحَ بُشْرًۢا بَيْنَ يَدَىْ رَحْمَتِهِۦٓ ۗ أَءِلَٰهٌ مَّعَ ٱللَّهِ ۚ تَعَٰلَى ٱللَّهُ عَمَّا يُشْرِكُونَ
رِيْح (Rih, 风) 用于单数时, 它一般的意思是安拉的惩罚 (17:70; 54:20; 69:7, 等), 可是它用于复数时, 一般的意思是安拉的赐福。
When Rih (wind) is used in the singular number, it generally signifies Divine punishment (17:70; 54:20; 69:7, etc.), but when it is used in the plural number it generally signifies Divine blessings.
Commentary:
It is significant that when the word ریح (wind) is used in the singular number in the Quran, it generally signifies Divine punishment (17:70; 54:20; 69:7, etc.), but when it is used in the plural number it generally signifies Divine blessings, particularly the advent of a heavenly Messenger.
In the present and the preceding verses three kinds of argument and evidence have been adduced to prove the existence and Unity of God—evidence from external nature, man’s inner self and from his collective life.
952
رِيْح (Rih, 风) 用于单数时, 它一般的意思是安拉的惩罚 (17:70; 54:20; 69:7, 等), 可是它用于复数时, 一般的意思是安拉的赐福。
2857
Commentary:
It is significant that when the word ریح (wind) is used in the singular number in the Quran, it generally signifies Divine punishment (17:70; 54:20; 69:7, etc.), but when it is used in the plural number it generally signifies Divine blessings, particularly the advent of a heavenly Messenger.
In the present and the preceding verses three kinds of argument and evidence have been adduced to prove the existence and Unity of God—evidence from external nature, man’s inner self and from his collective life.
2185
When Rih (wind) is used in the singular number, it generally signifies Divine punishment (17:70; 54:20; 69:7, etc.), but when it is used in the plural number it generally signifies Divine blessings.
أَمَّن يَبْدَؤُا۟ ٱلْخَلْقَ ثُمَّ يُعِيدُهُۥ وَمَن يَرْزُقُكُم مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۗ أَءِلَٰهٌ مَّعَ ٱللَّهِ ۚ قُلْ هَاتُوا۟ بُرْهَٰنَكُمْ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ
10:35; 29:20; 30:12, 28.
10:32; 34:25; 35:4.
The words, originates creation and then repeats it, signify creation and procreation.
10:35; 29:20; 30:12, 28.
10:32; 34:25; 35:4.
Commentary:
The words, "originates creation and then repeats it," signify creation and procreation.
a
10:35; 29:20; 30:12, 28.
b
10:32; 34:25; 35:4.
953
“原始创造, 继而再造它们” 这些字, 意示创造和再创造新的。
a
10:35; 29:20; 30:12, 28.
b
10:32; 34:25; 35:4.
2857A
Commentary:
The words, "originates creation and then repeats it," signify creation and procreation.
c
10:35; 29:20; 30:12, 28.
d
10:32; 34:25; 35:4.
2186
The words, originates creation and then repeats it, signify creation and procreation.
قُل لَّا يَعْلَمُ مَن فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ٱلْغَيْبَ إِلَّا ٱللَّهُ ۚ وَمَا يَشْعُرُونَ أَيَّانَ يُبْعَثُونَ
11:124; 16:78; 35:39.
11:124; 16:78; 35:39.
11:124; 16:78; 35:39.
Commentary:
Another invincible argument in favour of the theme dealt with in the preceding verses is embodied in the verse under comment, viz. that God alone knows the unseen in the heavens and the earth. The fact that the possession of knowledge of the unknown is the sole prerogative of God is established by the knowledge of the unknown which He vouchsafes to His Messengers and His righteous servants, instances of which are to be witnessed in every age among the true followers of Islam.
The words "when they will be raised up" may also mean "when their resurrection as a great nation will take place?"
c
11:124; 16:78; 35:39.
c
11:124; 16:78; 35:39.
2858
Commentary:
Another invincible argument in favour of the theme dealt with in the preceding verses is embodied in the verse under comment, viz. that God alone knows the unseen in the heavens and the earth. The fact that the possession of knowledge of the unknown is the sole prerogative of God is established by the knowledge of the unknown which He vouchsafes to His Messengers and His righteous servants, instances of which are to be witnessed in every age among the true followers of Islam.
The words "when they will be raised up" may also mean "when their resurrection as a great nation will take place?"
e
11:124; 16:78; 35:39.
بَلِ ٱدَّٰرَكَ عِلْمُهُمْ فِى ٱلْءَاخِرَةِ ۚ بَلْ هُمْ فِى شَكٍّ مِّنْهَا ۖ بَلْ هُم مِّنْهَا عَمُونَ
只是人类的知识和智慧不能满足他们灵魂中的渴望, 也不能确信不疑地证明安拉的存在以及死后生命这两个基本的宗教信念, 因为充分理解这两个信念是超出人类知识能力范围之外的事情。真正能够在人类思想中产生对这两个信念坚定信心的是, 只有通过安拉的启示而获得的安拉的信息才能在人的意识中达到肯定的高度。人类的知识最多只能得出一个结论: 应当有安拉, 而且应当有死后生命。只有安拉的启示才能把这个 “应当有” 变成 “确实存在”。
No amount of human knowledge and intelligence alone can satisfy the cravings of the human soul, nor can it prove beyond doubt the existence of God and of Life after death, the two basic religious beliefs, because their full comprehension is beyond human ken. It is Divine knowledge acquired through Divine revelation that can and does actually engender certainty in human mind about them. Man’s knowledge can, at best, lead to the conclusion that there must be a Divine Being and a Life after death, but it is Divine revelation alone that can change this must be into the certain is.
Important Words:
ادارک (has reached its end) is derived from درک. They say درک المطر (darraka) i.e. the rain dropped with close consecutiveness. أدرکه means, he attained, reached or overtook him. تدارکو or ادارکوا means, they attained, reached, overtook one another so as the last of them met with the first of them. بل ادارک علمھم فی الاخرة means, their knowledge with regard to the meeting of the Hereafter has reached its end i.e. they have become devoid of knowledge about it. See also 7:39.
Commentary:
No amount of human knowledge and intelligence alone can satisfy the craving of the human soul after God, or can prove beyond doubt the existence of God and life after death, the two most fundamental of all religious beliefs, because their full comprehension is beyond human ken. It is divine knowledge acquired through Divine revelation that can and does actually engender certainty in human mind about these two basic religious problems. Man’s knowledge can, at best, lead to the conclusion that there must be a Divine Being and a life after death but it is Divine revelation alone that can change this "must be" into a certain "is."
954
只是人类的知识和智慧不能满足他们灵魂中的渴望, 也不能确信不疑地证明安拉的存在以及死后生命这两个基本的宗教信念, 因为充分理解这两个信念是超出人类知识能力范围之外的事情。真正能够在人类思想中产生对这两个信念坚定信心的是, 只有通过安拉的启示而获得的安拉的信息才能在人的意识中达到肯定的高度。人类的知识最多只能得出一个结论: 应当有安拉, 而且应当有死后生命。只有安拉的启示才能把这个 “应当有” 变成 “确实存在”。
2858A
Important Words:
ادارک (has reached its end) is derived from درک. They say درک المطر (darraka) i.e. the rain dropped with close consecutiveness. أدرکه means, he attained, reached or overtook him. تدارکو or ادارکوا means, they attained, reached, overtook one another so as the last of them met with the first of them. بل ادارک علمھم فی الاخرة means, their knowledge with regard to the meeting of the Hereafter has reached its end i.e. they have become devoid of knowledge about it. See also 7:39.
Commentary:
No amount of human knowledge and intelligence alone can satisfy the craving of the human soul after God, or can prove beyond doubt the existence of God and life after death, the two most fundamental of all religious beliefs, because their full comprehension is beyond human ken. It is divine knowledge acquired through Divine revelation that can and does actually engender certainty in human mind about these two basic religious problems. Man’s knowledge can, at best, lead to the conclusion that there must be a Divine Being and a life after death but it is Divine revelation alone that can change this "must be" into a certain "is."
2187
No amount of human knowledge and intelligence alone can satisfy the cravings of the human soul, nor can it prove beyond doubt the existence of God and of Life after death, the two basic religious beliefs, because their full comprehension is beyond human ken. It is Divine knowledge acquired through Divine revelation that can and does actually engender certainty in human mind about them. Man’s knowledge can, at best, lead to the conclusion that there must be a Divine Being and a Life after death, but it is Divine revelation alone that can change this must be into the certain is.
وَقَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ أَءِذَا كُنَّا تُرَٰبًا وَءَابَآؤُنَآ أَئِنَّا لَمُخْرَجُونَ
13:6; 37:17; 50:4.
13:6; 37:17; 50:4.
13:6; 37:17; 50:4.
Commentary:
This and the next few verses deal with a worn out and hackneyed objection of disbelievers about life after death. It further says that these people—the Arabs, have completely despaired of their future. They do not believe that the appearance of the Holy Prophet will raise them from a degraded and corrupt people into a living nation and therefore instead of accepting him, they oppose him.
a
13:6; 37:17; 50:4.
a
13:6; 37:17; 50:4.
2859
Commentary:
This and the next few verses deal with a worn out and hackneyed objection of disbelievers about life after death. It further says that these people—the Arabs, have completely despaired of their future. They do not believe that the appearance of the Holy Prophet will raise them from a degraded and corrupt people into a living nation and therefore instead of accepting him, they oppose him.
a
13:6; 37:17; 50:4.
لَقَدْ وُعِدْنَا هَٰذَا نَحْنُ وَءَابَآؤُنَا مِن قَبْلُ إِنْ هَٰذَآ إِلَّآ أَسَٰطِيرُ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ
23:84.
23:84.
23:84.
b
23:84.
b
23:84.
b
23:84.
قُلْ سِيرُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ فَٱنظُرُوا۟ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ
16:37; 30:43; 40:83.
16:37; 30:43; 40:83.
16:37; 30:43; 40:83.
Commentary:
In this verse the disbelievers are warned that they will not be allowed to arrest or retard the progress of the Holy Prophet’s noble cause; on the contrary, by opposing him they will only bring ruin upon themselves. The lesson is writ large on the pages of history that denial of truth has always led disbelievers to destruction and desolation. In the next verse the Holy Prophet is consoled and comforted that he should not feel distressed because of the plots and conspiracies of his enemies, as their evil designs can do him no harm and will only recoil on their own heads.
c
16:37; 30:43; 40:83.
c
16:37; 30:43; 40:83.
2860
Commentary:
In this verse the disbelievers are warned that they will not be allowed to arrest or retard the progress of the Holy Prophet’s noble cause; on the contrary, by opposing him they will only bring ruin upon themselves. The lesson is writ large on the pages of history that denial of truth has always led disbelievers to destruction and desolation. In the next verse the Holy Prophet is consoled and comforted that he should not feel distressed because of the plots and conspiracies of his enemies, as their evil designs can do him no harm and will only recoil on their own heads.
c
16:37; 30:43; 40:83.
وَلَا تَحْزَنْ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا تَكُن فِى ضَيْقٍ مِّمَّا يَمْكُرُونَ
15:89; 16:128.
15:89; 16:128.
15:89; 16:128.
d
15:89; 16:128.
a
15:89; 16:128.
d
15:89; 16:128.
وَيَقُولُونَ مَتَىٰ هَٰذَا ٱلْوَعْدُ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ
10:49; 21:39; 34:30; 36:49.
10:49; 21:39; 34:30; 36:49.
10:49; 21:39; 34:30; 36:49.
Commentary:
The disbelievers tauntingly ask the Holy Prophet not to refer to what had happened to other peoples in the past but to "let us know when the punishment about which you hold out to us a threat will overtake us."
e
10:49; 21:39; 34:30; 36:49.
b
10:49; 21:39; 34:30; 36:49.
2861
Commentary:
The disbelievers tauntingly ask the Holy Prophet not to refer to what had happened to other peoples in the past but to "let us know when the punishment about which you hold out to us a threat will overtake us."
e
10:49; 21:39; 34:30; 36:49.
قُلْ عَسَىٰٓ أَن يَكُونَ رَدِفَ لَكُم بَعْضُ ٱلَّذِى تَسْتَعْجِلُونَ
22:48; 26:205; 29:55.
22:48; 26:205; 29:55.
22:48; 26:205; 29:55.
Commentary:
To the challenge of disbelievers referred to in the preceding verse as to when the promise about the departure of their glory and greatness will be fulfilled, they are told that a part of it will be fulfilled very soon. At another place in the Quran it is stated that the promise of punishment to the disbelievers will be fulfilled within a year after the Holy Prophet’s flight from Mecca when "the glory of Kedar (Quraish) shall depart" (34:31).
f
22:48; 26:205; 29:55.
c
22:48; 26:205; 29:55.
2862
Commentary:
To the challenge of disbelievers referred to in the preceding verse as to when the promise about the departure of their glory and greatness will be fulfilled, they are told that a part of it will be fulfilled very soon. At another place in the Quran it is stated that the promise of punishment to the disbelievers will be fulfilled within a year after the Holy Prophet’s flight from Mecca when "the glory of Kedar (Quraish) shall depart" (34:31).
f
22:48; 26:205; 29:55.
وَإِنَّ رَبَّكَ لَذُو فَضْلٍ عَلَى ٱلنَّاسِ وَلَٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَهُمْ لَا يَشْكُرُونَ
10:61; 40:62.
10:61; 40:62.
10:61; 40:62.
Commentary:
To the demand for punishment made by disbelievers and mentioned in v. 72 above, the present and the preceding verse constitute a befitting answer. The preceding verse purported to say that the disbelievers will soon receive Divine punishment but it will not be a devastating and all-destructive punishment, but will only constitute a part of what they demanded because God is gracious to mankind i.e. in deference to the Holy Prophet his people will be shown mercy and like the disbelievers of the former Prophets they will not get a destructive punishment.
g
10:61; 40:62.
d
10:61; 40:62.
2862A
Commentary:
To the demand for punishment made by disbelievers and mentioned in v. 72 above, the present and the preceding verse constitute a befitting answer. The preceding verse purported to say that the disbelievers will soon receive Divine punishment but it will not be a devastating and all-destructive punishment, but will only constitute a part of what they demanded because God is gracious to mankind i.e. in deference to the Holy Prophet his people will be shown mercy and like the disbelievers of the former Prophets they will not get a destructive punishment.
a
10:61; 40:62.
وَإِنَّ رَبَّكَ لَيَعْلَمُ مَا تُكِنُّ صُدُورُهُمْ وَمَا يُعْلِنُونَ
2:78; 16:24; 28:70; 36:77.
2:78; 16:24; 28:70; 36:77.
h
2:78; 16:24; 28:70; 36:77.
a
2:78; 16:24; 28:70; 36:77; 40:20.
2863
Commentary:
This and the next verse refer to the plots and conspiracies that disbelievers were hatching against Islam and the Holy Prophet.
b
2:78; 16:24; 28:70; 36:77.
وَمَا مِنْ غَآئِبَةٍ فِى ٱلسَّمَآءِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ إِلَّا فِى كِتَٰبٍ مُّبِينٍ
إِنَّ هَٰذَا ٱلْقُرْءَانَ يَقُصُّ عَلَىٰ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ أَكْثَرَ ٱلَّذِى هُمْ فِيهِ يَخْتَلِفُونَ
The implied reference in this verse may be to Solomon whom the Jews accused of resorting to Shirk (idolatry) in order to win the affection of the Queen of Sheba. As there had existed difference of opinion among the Jews about Solomon’s behaviour towards the Queen, the Qur’an has lifted the veil from this obscure fact.
Commentary:
The implied reference in this verse may be to Solomon whom the Jews accused of resorting to Shirk (idolatry) in order to win the affection of an idolatrous woman. The Quran absolves him of this most heinous charge (as it absolves all other Prophets of the charges levelled against them by the Jews) by stating that far from stooping to idol worship in order to win the love of the Queen of Sheba, Solomon actually converted her to the worship of the One True God and made her renounce the worship of false gods. As there had existed difference of opinion among the Jews about Solomon’s behaviour towards the Queen, the Quran has lifted the veil from the real fact. The verse may possess general application also.
2864
Commentary:
The implied reference in this verse may be to Solomon whom the Jews accused of resorting to Shirk (idolatry) in order to win the affection of an idolatrous woman. The Quran absolves him of this most heinous charge (as it absolves all other Prophets of the charges levelled against them by the Jews) by stating that far from stooping to idol worship in order to win the love of the Queen of Sheba, Solomon actually converted her to the worship of the One True God and made her renounce the worship of false gods. As there had existed difference of opinion among the Jews about Solomon’s behaviour towards the Queen, the Quran has lifted the veil from the real fact. The verse may possess general application also.
2188
The implied reference in this verse may be to Solomon whom the Jews accused of resorting to Shirk (idolatry) in order to win the affection of the Queen of Sheba. As there had existed difference of opinion among the Jews about Solomon’s behaviour towards the Queen, the Qur’an has lifted the veil from this obscure fact.
وَإِنَّهُۥ لَهُدًى وَرَحْمَةٌ لِّلْمُؤْمِنِينَ
إِنَّ رَبَّكَ يَقْضِى بَيْنَهُم بِحُكْمِهِۦ ۚ وَهُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ
فَتَوَكَّلْ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ ۖ إِنَّكَ عَلَى ٱلْحَقِّ ٱلْمُبِينِ
11:124; 25:59; 33:49.
11:124; 25:59; 33:49.
11:124; 25:59; 26:218; 33:49.
a
11:124; 25:59; 33:49.
a
11:124; 25:59; 26:218; 33:49.
c
11:124; 25:59; 33:49.
إِنَّكَ لَا تُسْمِعُ ٱلْمَوْتَىٰ وَلَا تُسْمِعُ ٱلصُّمَّ ٱلدُّعَآءَ إِذَا وَلَّوْا۟ مُدْبِرِينَ
10:43; 30:53.
10:43; 30:53.
The words, when they retreat turning their backs, make it clear that 'the dead' mentioned here are 'the spiritually dead' just as 'the blind' in the next verse are 'the spiritually blind.'
10:43; 30:53.
Commentary:
The words, "when they turn back retreating", can equally be applied to both "the dead" and "the deaf", thus making it clear that "the dead" mentioned here are "the spiritually dead" as the blind in the next verse are "the spiritually blind". Wherever in the Quran the Holy Prophet is mentioned with reference to "the dead" they are the "spiritually dead" or "the dead of heart" (8:25).
b
10:43; 30:53.
b
10:43; 30:53.
2865
Commentary:
The words, "when they turn back retreating", can equally be applied to both "the dead" and "the deaf", thus making it clear that "the dead" mentioned here are "the spiritually dead" as the blind in the next verse are "the spiritually blind". Wherever in the Quran the Holy Prophet is mentioned with reference to "the dead" they are the "spiritually dead" or "the dead of heart" (8:25).
d
10:43; 30:53.
2189
The words, when they retreat turning their backs, make it clear that 'the dead' mentioned here are 'the spiritually dead' just as 'the blind' in the next verse are 'the spiritually blind.'
وَمَآ أَنتَ بِهَٰدِى ٱلْعُمْىِ عَن ضَلَٰلَتِهِمْ ۖ إِن تُسْمِعُ إِلَّا مَن يُؤْمِنُ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا فَهُم مُّسْلِمُونَ
10:44; 30:54.
یہاں مُسْلِم کا لفظ ہے جس کے معنے ہیں عملاً فرمانبرداری کرنے والا (مفردات راغب)
10:44; 30:54.
10:44; 30:54.
c
10:44; 30:54.
1
یہاں مُسْلِم کا لفظ ہے جس کے معنے ہیں عملاً فرمانبرداری کرنے والا (مفردات راغب)
c
10:44; 30:54.
a
10:44; 30:54.
۞ وَإِذَا وَقَعَ ٱلْقَوْلُ عَلَيْهِمْ أَخْرَجْنَا لَهُمْ دَآبَّةً مِّنَ ٱلْأَرْضِ تُكَلِّمُهُمْ أَنَّ ٱلنَّاسَ كَانُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا لَا يُوقِنُونَ
这是有关后期出现一种瘟疫的预言。这节经文是由穆圣亲口解释的。但是 دَآبَّة (Dabbah) 的意义如果认为是指完全热衷于获得今世财富与物质享受的一个十足的实利主义者 (34:15) 的话, 这节经文指的, 看来是西方实利主义的那些国家 “他们的工作完全化在探究今世生活有关的事物方面” (18:105), 而且他们竭尽全力于今世的生命。
یہاں عَلَیْھِمْ آیا ہے۔ اور عَلٰی بالعموم یہ بتاتا ہے کہ جس کے متعلق عذاب کی خبر ہے اس کے خلاف بات ظاہر ہو گئی پس وَقَعَ الْقَوْلُ کے بعد چونکہ عَلٰی کا لفظ آیا ہے تو اس کا مطلب یہ ہے کہ ان کی تباہی کی خبر پوری ہو جائے گی۔
دَآبَّۃٌ سے مراد طاعون کا کیڑا ہے جس کے آخری زمانہ میں ظاہر ہونے کی خبر دی گئی تھی۔ وہ کیڑا جس کے جسم کو کاٹ کر اندر داخل ہو جاتا ہے۔ وہ ہلاک ہو جاتا ہے۔ چنانچہ رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم نے ایک حدیث میں بیان فرمایا کہ آخری زمانہ میں خداتعالیٰ دَآبَّۃُ الْاَرْضِ پیدا فرمائے گا (دیکھئے ابن کثیر برحاشیہ فتح البیان سورۂ نمل صفحہ۲۳۱) اسی طرح دوسری حدیث میں فرمایا کہ آخری زمانہ میں نغـف کی بیماری پیدا ہوگی (مسلم) ان دونوں حدیثوں کو ملا کر یہ نتیجہ نکلتا ہے کہ حدیثوں میں یہ خبر دی گئی تھی کہ آخری زمانہ میں طاعون کی مرض پھیلے گی جو ایک مخفی کیڑے کے ساتھ بھی تع
The words, Waqa‘al-Qaulu ‘Alaihim, mean, the sentence or the decree became due against them or came to pass; they made themselves deserving of the Divine sentence or the Divine decree (Aqrab).
This is a prophecy concerning the appearance of plague in the Latter Days. The verse was so construed by the Holy Prophet himself. But if Dabbah is taken in the sense of a grossly materialistic person all whose endeavours are wholly directed to the acquisition of worldly riches and material comforts (34:15), the reference in the verse seems to be to the materialistic Western nations 'whose labour is all lost in search after things pertaining to the life of this World' (18:105) and who have fallen on this world with all their might and main.
Important Words:
وقع (is passed). They say وقع الشیء من یدہ, the thing fell from his hand. وقع الحق means, the truth became established (Lane & Aqrab).
قول is inf. n. from قال and means, decree, sentence or the prophecy about punishment. واقع الطیر علی الشجر means, the bird descended upon the tree. The expression وقع القول علیھم means, the sentence or the decree became due against them; they made themselves deserving of the sentence or the decree (Lane & Aqrab).
دابة (insect) is active participle from دب which means, he or it crept or crawled slowly like an ant or a reptile or a weak person. دابة signifies all such animals or insects as creep or crawl or walk slowly, all animals big or small, whether walking on two legs or on four legs or creeping on the belly, etc. The word is also used about beasts like the horse, the mule, the donkey, etc. (Lane & Aqrab). In the Quran the expression دابة الارض has also been used for a worldly-minded man whose efforts are wholly devoted to the acquisition of material benefits; a grossly materialistic person, a worthless creature or worm of the earth (34:15).
تکلمھم (shall wound them) is aorist from کلم (kallama). کلمه means, he talked to him or he conversed with him much and freely; he wounded him (Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse seems to imply two prophetic references. Taking دابة الارض in the sense of a grossly materialistic person whose endeavours are wholly directed to the acquisition of worldly riches and material comforts, the reference seems to be to the materialistic western nations "whose labour is all lost in search after things pertaining to the life of this world" (18:105) and who have fallen on this world with all their might and main. The verse purports to say that when men will reject the signs of God and by indulging in evil deeds will make themselves deserving of Divine punishment, they will fall a victim to the plunder and pillage of the materialistic and mechanistic western nations. Taking the word in the sense of "a worm or insect of the earth," the reference may be to the bubonic plague which was to have appeared in the time of the Promised Messiah and from whose ravages his followers were to remain miraculously immune, thus bearing witness to the truth of his claims.
955
这是有关后期出现一种瘟疫的预言。这节经文是由穆圣亲口解释的。但是 دَآبَّة (Dabbah) 的意义如果认为是指完全热衷于获得今世财富与物质享受的一个十足的实利主义者 (34:15) 的话, 这节经文指的, 看来是西方实利主义的那些国家 “他们的工作完全化在探究今世生活有关的事物方面” (18:105), 而且他们竭尽全力于今世的生命。
2
یہاں عَلَیْھِمْ آیا ہے۔ اور عَلٰی بالعموم یہ بتاتا ہے کہ جس کے متعلق عذاب کی خبر ہے اس کے خلاف بات ظاہر ہو گئی پس وَقَعَ الْقَوْلُ کے بعد چونکہ عَلٰی کا لفظ آیا ہے تو اس کا مطلب یہ ہے کہ ان کی تباہی کی خبر پوری ہو جائے گی۔
3
دَآبَّۃٌ سے مراد طاعون کا کیڑا ہے جس کے آخری زمانہ میں ظاہر ہونے کی خبر دی گئی تھی۔ وہ کیڑا جس کے جسم کو کاٹ کر اندر داخل ہو جاتا ہے۔ وہ ہلاک ہو جاتا ہے۔ چنانچہ رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم نے ایک حدیث میں بیان فرمایا کہ آخری زمانہ میں خداتعالیٰ دَآبَّۃُ الْاَرْضِ پیدا فرمائے گا (دیکھئے ابن کثیر برحاشیہ فتح البیان سورۂ نمل صفحہ۲۳۱) اسی طرح دوسری حدیث میں فرمایا کہ آخری زمانہ میں نغـف کی بیماری پیدا ہوگی (مسلم) ان دونوں حدیثوں کو ملا کر یہ نتیجہ نکلتا ہے کہ حدیثوں میں یہ خبر دی گئی تھی کہ آخری زمانہ میں طاعون کی مرض پھیلے گی جو ایک مخفی کیڑے کے ساتھ بھی تع
2866
Important Words:
وقع (is passed). They say وقع الشیء من یدہ, the thing fell from his hand. وقع الحق means, the truth became established (Lane & Aqrab).
قول is inf. n. from قال and means, decree, sentence or the prophecy about punishment. واقع الطیر علی الشجر means, the bird descended upon the tree. The expression وقع القول علیھم means, the sentence or the decree became due against them; they made themselves deserving of the sentence or the decree (Lane & Aqrab).
دابة (insect) is active participle from دب which means, he or it crept or crawled slowly like an ant or a reptile or a weak person. دابة signifies all such animals or insects as creep or crawl or walk slowly, all animals big or small, whether walking on two legs or on four legs or creeping on the belly, etc. The word is also used about beasts like the horse, the mule, the donkey, etc. (Lane & Aqrab). In the Quran the expression دابة الارض has also been used for a worldly-minded man whose efforts are wholly devoted to the acquisition of material benefits; a grossly materialistic person, a worthless creature or worm of the earth (34:15).
تکلمھم (shall wound them) is aorist from کلم (kallama). کلمه means, he talked to him or he conversed with him much and freely; he wounded him (Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse seems to imply two prophetic references. Taking دابة الارض in the sense of a grossly materialistic person whose endeavours are wholly directed to the acquisition of worldly riches and material comforts, the reference seems to be to the materialistic western nations "whose labour is all lost in search after things pertaining to the life of this world" (18:105) and who have fallen on this world with all their might and main. The verse purports to say that when men will reject the signs of God and by indulging in evil deeds will make themselves deserving of Divine punishment, they will fall a victim to the plunder and pillage of the materialistic and mechanistic western nations. Taking the word in the sense of "a worm or insect of the earth," the reference may be to the bubonic plague which was to have appeared in the time of the Promised Messiah and from whose ravages his followers were to remain miraculously immune, thus bearing witness to the truth of his claims.
2190
The words, Waqa‘al-Qaulu ‘Alaihim, mean, the sentence or the decree became due against them or came to pass; they made themselves deserving of the Divine sentence or the Divine decree (Aqrab).
2191
This is a prophecy concerning the appearance of plague in the Latter Days. The verse was so construed by the Holy Prophet himself. But if Dabbah is taken in the sense of a grossly materialistic person all whose endeavours are wholly directed to the acquisition of worldly riches and material comforts (34:15), the reference in the verse seems to be to the materialistic Western nations 'whose labour is all lost in search after things pertaining to the life of this World' (18:105) and who have fallen on this world with all their might and main.
وَيَوْمَ نَحْشُرُ مِن كُلِّ أُمَّةٍ فَوْجًا مِّمَّن يُكَذِّبُ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا فَهُمْ يُوزَعُونَ
25:18; 67:9.
25:18; 67:9.
25:18; 67:9.
Commentary:
The main subject dealt with in the Surah is life after death and by implication the great spiritual revolution that was to be brought about by the Holy Prophet. The appeal of the Holy Prophet to the Quraish naturally split his people into two camps—the Faithful and the disbelievers. The present and the next few verses deal with the rejecters of the Prophet’s message and the fate that was in store for them. Life after death is another subject dealt with in these verses.
a
25:18; 67:9.
a
25:18; 67:9.
2867
Commentary:
The main subject dealt with in the Surah is life after death and by implication the great spiritual revolution that was to be brought about by the Holy Prophet. The appeal of the Holy Prophet to the Quraish naturally split his people into two camps—the Faithful and the disbelievers. The present and the next few verses deal with the rejecters of the Prophet’s message and the fate that was in store for them. Life after death is another subject dealt with in these verses.
b
25:18; 67:9.
حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا جَآءُو قَالَ أَكَذَّبْتُم بِـَٔايَٰتِى وَلَمْ تُحِيطُوا۟ بِهَا عِلْمًا أَمَّاذَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ
10:40.
یعنی پوری طرح تحقیقات نہ کی تھی صرف قوم کے لیڈروں کے بھڑکانے سے بھڑک اٹھے تھے۔
10:40.
10:40.
Commentary:
The particle أما (rather) sometimes is used to lend emphasis to the statement which follows it. It is also used in the sense of بل (rather). Here it is used in the latter sense.
b
10:40.
1
یعنی پوری طرح تحقیقات نہ کی تھی صرف قوم کے لیڈروں کے بھڑکانے سے بھڑک اٹھے تھے۔
b
10:40.
2868
Commentary:
The particle أما (rather) sometimes is used to lend emphasis to the statement which follows it. It is also used in the sense of بل (rather). Here it is used in the latter sense.
a
10:40.
وَوَقَعَ ٱلْقَوْلُ عَلَيْهِم بِمَا ظَلَمُوا۟ فَهُمْ لَا يَنطِقُونَ
他们将没有力量来防范自己的罪行。对他们的指控是十分正确的, 而显示的迹象是不可能抵御的, 因此, 他们将遭受惩罚。
یعنی کوئی دلیل اپنی مخالفت کی پیش نہ کر سکیں گے۔
They will not be able to put in defence of their misdeeds. The charge against them being quite true and manifest will be incapable of being defended, and so the sentence of punishment will be passed against them.
Commentary:
The expression "they will be speechless" means, "they will not be able to put in a defence for their misdeeds." The charge against them being quite true and clear will be incapable of being defended and so the sentence of punishment will be passed against them.
956
他们将没有力量来防范自己的罪行。对他们的指控是十分正确的, 而显示的迹象是不可能抵御的, 因此, 他们将遭受惩罚。
2
یعنی کوئی دلیل اپنی مخالفت کی پیش نہ کر سکیں گے۔
2869
Commentary:
The expression "they will be speechless" means, "they will not be able to put in a defence for their misdeeds." The charge against them being quite true and clear will be incapable of being defended and so the sentence of punishment will be passed against them.
2192
They will not be able to put in defence of their misdeeds. The charge against them being quite true and manifest will be incapable of being defended, and so the sentence of punishment will be passed against them.
أَلَمْ يَرَوْا۟ أَنَّا جَعَلْنَا ٱلَّيْلَ لِيَسْكُنُوا۟ فِيهِ وَٱلنَّهَارَ مُبْصِرًا ۚ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَءَايَٰتٍ لِّقَوْمٍ يُؤْمِنُونَ
10:68; 17:13; 28:74; 30:24.
10:68; 17:13; 28:74; 30:24.
10:68; 17:13; 28:74; 30:24.
c
10:68; 17:13; 28:74; 30:24.
a
10:68; 17:13; 28:74; 30:24.
b
10:68; 17:13; 28:74; 30:24.
وَيَوْمَ يُنفَخُ فِى ٱلصُّورِ فَفَزِعَ مَن فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَن فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ إِلَّا مَن شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ ۚ وَكُلٌّ أَتَوْهُ دَٰخِرِينَ
18:100; 20:103; 36:52; 78:19.
The words, when the trumpet will be blown, besides referring to the Day of Resurrection, refer to the new order that was ushered in by the Holy Prophet as if by the blowing of a trumpet.
18:100; 20:103; 36:52; 78:19.
Commentary:
The words "when the trumpet will be blown" besides referring to the Day of Resurrection, refer to the New Order that was ushered in by the Holy Prophet as if by the blowing of a trumpet. As a result of this New Order and the great revolution that the Holy Prophet brought about in the Arabian society, those disbelievers who were regarded as their leaders and chiefs were humbled and humiliated.
d
18:100; 20:103; 36:52; 78:19.
957
“当号角吹响时” 这些字, 除了指复生之日以外, 还指由穆圣像吹响号角那样地引进的新秩序。
b
18:100; 20:103; 36:52; 78:19.
2870
Commentary:
The words "when the trumpet will be blown" besides referring to the Day of Resurrection, refer to the New Order that was ushered in by the Holy Prophet as if by the blowing of a trumpet. As a result of this New Order and the great revolution that the Holy Prophet brought about in the Arabian society, those disbelievers who were regarded as their leaders and chiefs were humbled and humiliated.
c
18:100; 20:103; 36:52; 78:19.
2193
The words, when the trumpet will be blown, besides referring to the Day of Resurrection, refer to the new order that was ushered in by the Holy Prophet as if by the blowing of a trumpet.
وَتَرَى ٱلْجِبَالَ تَحْسَبُهَا جَامِدَةً وَهِىَ تَمُرُّ مَرَّ ٱلسَّحَابِ ۚ صُنْعَ ٱللَّهِ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَتْقَنَ كُلَّ شَىْءٍ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ خَبِيرٌۢ بِمَا تَفْعَلُونَ
穆圣降临后, 那些看来像山岳那样坚固不移的旧思想和旧体制, 犹如浮云般地融化消失了。“山岳” 在此处也可同样意指建立得巨大而稳固的罗马帝国和波斯王国。它们在不可抵抗的、胜利的穆斯林军队面前纷纷瓦解。
اس میں زمین کے چلنے کا ذکر ہے برخلاف پرانے جغرافیہ نویسوں کے جو سورج کو چلتا بتاتے ہیں اور زمین کو ساکن۔
At the advent of the Holy Prophet old ideas and institutions which seemed to have been firmly rooted like mountains, melted and vanished away like the passing of clouds. 'Mountains' may here equally refer to the great and firmly established Roman and Persian Empires which were scattered like chaff before the irresistible victorious Muslim armies.
Commentary:
At the advent of the Holy Prophet old ideas and institutions that seemed to have been firmly rooted like mountains, melted and vanished away like the passing of clouds. Human history fails to cite an instance of such a mighty revolution brought about in so short a time in every sphere of men’s ideas and actions as was wrought by the great and noble Prophet of Islam. The word جبال (mountains) may equally refer to the great and firmly established Roman and Persian Empires which were scattered like chaff before the irresistible victorious Muslim armies.
958
穆圣降临后, 那些看来像山岳那样坚固不移的旧思想和旧体制, 犹如浮云般地融化消失了。“山岳” 在此处也可同样意指建立得巨大而稳固的罗马帝国和波斯王国。它们在不可抵抗的、胜利的穆斯林军队面前纷纷瓦解。
3
اس میں زمین کے چلنے کا ذکر ہے برخلاف پرانے جغرافیہ نویسوں کے جو سورج کو چلتا بتاتے ہیں اور زمین کو ساکن۔
2871
Commentary:
At the advent of the Holy Prophet old ideas and institutions that seemed to have been firmly rooted like mountains, melted and vanished away like the passing of clouds. Human history fails to cite an instance of such a mighty revolution brought about in so short a time in every sphere of men’s ideas and actions as was wrought by the great and noble Prophet of Islam. The word جبال (mountains) may equally refer to the great and firmly established Roman and Persian Empires which were scattered like chaff before the irresistible victorious Muslim armies.
2194
At the advent of the Holy Prophet old ideas and institutions which seemed to have been firmly rooted like mountains, melted and vanished away like the passing of clouds. 'Mountains' may here equally refer to the great and firmly established Roman and Persian Empires which were scattered like chaff before the irresistible victorious Muslim armies.
مَن جَآءَ بِٱلْحَسَنَةِ فَلَهُۥ خَيْرٌ مِّنْهَا وَهُم مِّن فَزَعٍ يَوْمَئِذٍ ءَامِنُونَ
4:41; 6:161; 28:85.
4:41; 6:161; 28:85.
4:41; 6:161; 28:85.
Commentary:
Those who believed in the Holy Prophet and did righteous deeds had a good reward and became immune from all fear and apprehension about the future. And the burning of heart, as says the next verse, was the lot of the disbelievers and evildoers. These verses may also apply to the condition of believers and disbelievers in the life after death.
a
4:41; 6:161; 28:85.
a
4:41; 6:161; 28:85.
2872
Commentary:
Those who believed in the Holy Prophet and did righteous deeds had a good reward and became immune from all fear and apprehension about the future. And the burning of heart, as says the next verse, was the lot of the disbelievers and evildoers. These verses may also apply to the condition of believers and disbelievers in the life after death.
a
4:41; 6:161; 28:85.
وَمَن جَآءَ بِٱلسَّيِّئَةِ فَكُبَّتْ وُجُوهُهُمْ فِى ٱلنَّارِ هَلْ تُجْزَوْنَ إِلَّا مَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ
26:95.
قرآن مجید میں وُجُوْھُھُمْ کے الفاظ ہیں۔ یعنی ان کے مُنہ دوزخ میں اوندھے کرکے گرائے جائیں گے۔ مگر وَجْہٌ کے معنے عربی زبان میں منہ کے علاوہ سردار کے بھی ہوتے ہیں۔ دوسرے معنے چونکہ زیادہ واضح ہیں اس لئے ان کو ترجمہ میں اختیار کیا گیا ہے۔
26:95.
b
26:95.
1
قرآن مجید میں وُجُوْھُھُمْ کے الفاظ ہیں۔ یعنی ان کے مُنہ دوزخ میں اوندھے کرکے گرائے جائیں گے۔ مگر وَجْہٌ کے معنے عربی زبان میں منہ کے علاوہ سردار کے بھی ہوتے ہیں۔ دوسرے معنے چونکہ زیادہ واضح ہیں اس لئے ان کو ترجمہ میں اختیار کیا گیا ہے۔
b
26:95.
2872A
Important Words:
For کبت (thrown down) see 26:95.
b
26:95.
إِنَّمَآ أُمِرْتُ أَنْ أَعْبُدَ رَبَّ هَٰذِهِ ٱلْبَلْدَةِ ٱلَّذِى حَرَّمَهَا وَلَهُۥ كُلُّ شَىْءٍ ۖ وَأُمِرْتُ أَنْ أَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلْمُسْلِمِينَ
The Meccans feared that if idol-worship disappeared from Arabia, the Ka‘bah, being the repository of all their well-known idols, will lose its importance and with it they will lose their prestige and influence as its custodians. The verse disabuses their minds of this false notion and purports to say that being the Centre of a World Movement and of the Message for all mankind, Mecca, far from losing its importance, will, on the contrary, add to its prestige and will continue to be respected and revered till the end of time.
30:44; 106:4.
Commentary:
One of the major causes of the opposition of Meccans to the Holy Prophet was that they believed that if idol worship disappeared from Arabia, Mecca (or the Ka‘bah) being the repository of all their well-known idols will lose its importance and consequently they will also lose the prestige and influence they had enjoyed in Arabia as the custodians of the Ka‘bah. The present verse disabuses their minds of this false notion and purports to say that being the centre of a world movement and of the last message for all mankind, Mecca, far from losing its importance, will, on the contrary, immeasurably add to its prestige and will continue to be respected and revered till the end of time.
c
30:44; 106:4.
2873
Commentary:
One of the major causes of the opposition of Meccans to the Holy Prophet was that they believed that if idol worship disappeared from Arabia, Mecca (or the Ka‘bah) being the repository of all their well-known idols will lose its importance and consequently they will also lose the prestige and influence they had enjoyed in Arabia as the custodians of the Ka‘bah. The present verse disabuses their minds of this false notion and purports to say that being the centre of a world movement and of the last message for all mankind, Mecca, far from losing its importance, will, on the contrary, immeasurably add to its prestige and will continue to be respected and revered till the end of time.
2195
The Meccans feared that if idol-worship disappeared from Arabia, the Ka‘bah, being the repository of all their well-known idols, will lose its importance and with it they will lose their prestige and influence as its custodians. The verse disabuses their minds of this false notion and purports to say that being the Centre of a World Movement and of the Message for all mankind, Mecca, far from losing its importance, will, on the contrary, add to its prestige and will continue to be respected and revered till the end of time.
وَأَنْ أَتْلُوَا۟ ٱلْقُرْءَانَ ۖ فَمَنِ ٱهْتَدَىٰ فَإِنَّمَا يَهْتَدِى لِنَفْسِهِۦ ۖ وَمَن ضَلَّ فَقُلْ إِنَّمَآ أَنَا۠ مِنَ ٱلْمُنذِرِينَ
10:109; 39:42.
10:109; 39:42.
10:109; 39:42.
Commentary:
The theme of the preceding verse is further developed in the present verse and the Holy Prophet is commanded to say that from Mecca will emanate the light of the Quran which will illumine the whole world.
c
10:109; 39:42.
a
10:109; 39:42.
2874
Commentary:
The theme of the preceding verse is further developed in the present verse and the Holy Prophet is commanded to say that from Mecca will emanate the light of the Quran which will illumine the whole world.
c
10:109; 39:42.
وَقُلِ ٱلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ سَيُرِيكُمْ ءَايَٰتِهِۦ فَتَعْرِفُونَهَا ۚ وَمَا رَبُّكَ بِغَٰفِلٍ عَمَّا تَعْمَلُونَ
Commentary:
In this verse we are told that in order to further the Quranic message God will show mighty signs in every age which will be too manifest to be denied or ignored.
2875
Commentary:
In this verse we are told that in order to further the Quranic message God will show mighty signs in every age which will be too manifest to be denied or ignored.
القصص
Al-Qasas
The Stories • makkah • 88 Verses
بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ
1:1.
1:1.
a
1:1.
a
See 1:1.
2876
Commentary:
See 1:1.
a
1:1.
طسٓمٓ
b
26:2; 27:2.
959
见注释937。
b
26:2; 27:2.
2876A
Commentary:
For an explanation of the abbreviated letters, Ta Sin Mim, see 26:2 & 27:2.
b
26:2; 27:2.
2195A
See {2143}.
تِلْكَ ءَايَٰتُ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ ٱلْمُبِينِ
12:2; 15:2; 26:3; 27:2.
12:2; 15:2; 26:3; 27:2.
c
12:2; 15:2; 26:3; 27:2.
c
12:2; 15:2; 26:3; 27:2.
2877
Commentary:
This verse has been commented upon in some detail in 12:2; 26:3 & 27:2.
c
12:2; 15:2; 26:3; 27:2.
نَتْلُوا۟ عَلَيْكَ مِن نَّبَإِ مُوسَىٰ وَفِرْعَوْنَ بِٱلْحَقِّ لِقَوْمٍ يُؤْمِنُونَ
Commentary:
Perhaps in no other Surah of the Quran have the different phases of Moses’ life been treated in such detail as in the present Surah—his infancy, and childhood, his youth, his flight or exile and his Call. The Holy Prophet’s pre-eminence as a Prophet is a thing apart, but as he has been "likened" to Moses, the conditions and circumstances of his life resemble more those of Moses than of any other Prophet.
The words, "with truth" imply that the Quranic narrative of Moses differs in certain details from that of the Bible but wherever the Quranic description differs from the Biblical account, it will be found to be nearer truth and reality.
2878
Commentary:
Perhaps in no other Surah of the Quran have the different phases of Moses’ life been treated in such detail as in the present Surah—his infancy, and childhood, his youth, his flight or exile and his Call. The Holy Prophet’s pre-eminence as a Prophet is a thing apart, but as he has been "likened" to Moses, the conditions and circumstances of his life resemble more those of Moses than of any other Prophet.
The words, "with truth" imply that the Quranic narrative of Moses differs in certain details from that of the Bible but wherever the Quranic description differs from the Biblical account, it will be found to be nearer truth and reality.
إِنَّ فِرْعَوْنَ عَلَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَجَعَلَ أَهْلَهَا شِيَعًا يَسْتَضْعِفُ طَآئِفَةً مِّنْهُمْ يُذَبِّحُ أَبْنَآءَهُمْ وَيَسْتَحْىِۦ نِسَآءَهُمْ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ مِنَ ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَ
10:84.
2:50; 7:142; 14:7.
在这个二十世纪中, 西方殖民主义强国行之非常有效的 “分而治之” 的政策, 看来在法老时代也做得非常成功。他把埃及人分成不同的团体和部分, 而且对他们作出别有用心的区别对待。他对有些人恩宠而对另一些人进行剥削和压迫。穆撒的民族属于后一类不幸的人们。“杀死他们的男儿, 留下他们的女儿” 这些话, 除了具有把以色列人置于他永久统治之下的明显意义外, 法老要消灭他们的男子而让他们的妇女活着的意思也可以是, 以他的剥削政策和残酷镇压的手段, 竭力想扼杀他们男子汉的气质, 这样可以使他们像女人般地胆怯。
10:84.
2:50; 7:142; 14:7.
The policy of "divide and rule" which has been practised with such deadly effect by the Western colonial Powers in this twentieth century seemed also to have been followed by Pharaoh with great success. He had split the people of Egypt into parties and sections and had made invidious distinctions between them. Some of them he favoured and others he exploited and suppressed. Moses’s people belonged to the latter unfortunate class. The words, slaughtering their sons and sparing their women, besides bearing the apparent sense that in order to keep the Israelites under permanent subjection Pharaoh destroyed their men and kept alive their women, may also signify that by his policy of exploitation and heartless suppression, he sought to kill all their manly qualities and thus made them timid like women.
10:84.
2:50; 7:142; 14:7.
Commentary:
The policy of "divide and rule" which has been practised with such deadly effect by the Colonial Powers of the west in this twentieth century was also followed by Pharaoh. He had split the people of Egypt into parties and sections and had made invidious distinctions between them. Some of them he favoured and others he exploited and suppressed. Moses’ people belonged to the latter unfortunate class.
The words, "he slew their sons and spared their women," besides bearing the apparent sense, viz. that in order to keep the Israelites under permanent subjection, Pharaoh destroyed their manhood and kept alive their women, may also signify that by his policy of exploitation and heartless suppression, Pharaoh sought to kill all manly qualities among the Israelites and thus made them timid like women.
d
10:84.
e
2:50; 7:142; 14:7.
960
在这个二十世纪中, 西方殖民主义强国行之非常有效的 “分而治之” 的政策, 看来在法老时代也做得非常成功。他把埃及人分成不同的团体和部分, 而且对他们作出别有用心的区别对待。他对有些人恩宠而对另一些人进行剥削和压迫。穆撒的民族属于后一类不幸的人们。“杀死他们的男儿, 留下他们的女儿” 这些话, 除了具有把以色列人置于他永久统治之下的明显意义外, 法老要消灭他们的男子而让他们的妇女活着的意思也可以是, 以他的剥削政策和残酷镇压的手段, 竭力想扼杀他们男子汉的气质, 这样可以使他们像女人般地胆怯。
d
10:84.
e
2:50; 7:142; 14:7.
2879
Commentary:
The policy of "divide and rule" which has been practised with such deadly effect by the Colonial Powers of the west in this twentieth century was also followed by Pharaoh. He had split the people of Egypt into parties and sections and had made invidious distinctions between them. Some of them he favoured and others he exploited and suppressed. Moses’ people belonged to the latter unfortunate class.
The words, "he slew their sons and spared their women," besides bearing the apparent sense, viz. that in order to keep the Israelites under permanent subjection, Pharaoh destroyed their manhood and kept alive their women, may also signify that by his policy of exploitation and heartless suppression, Pharaoh sought to kill all manly qualities among the Israelites and thus made them timid like women.
d
10:84.
e
2:50; 7:142; 14:7.
2196
The policy of "divide and rule" which has been practised with such deadly effect by the Western colonial Powers in this twentieth century seemed also to have been followed by Pharaoh with great success. He had split the people of Egypt into parties and sections and had made invidious distinctions between them. Some of them he favoured and others he exploited and suppressed. Moses’s people belonged to the latter unfortunate class. The words, slaughtering their sons and sparing their women, besides bearing the apparent sense that in order to keep the Israelites under permanent subjection Pharaoh destroyed their men and kept alive their women, may also signify that by his policy of exploitation and heartless suppression, he sought to kill all their manly qualities and thus made them timid like women.
وَنُرِيدُ أَن نَّمُنَّ عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسْتُضْعِفُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَنَجْعَلَهُمْ أَئِمَّةً وَنَجْعَلَهُمُ ٱلْوَٰرِثِينَ
Commentary:
When the degradation and humiliation of the Israelites in Egypt reached its nadir and the cup of iniquities of Pharaoh and his people became full to the brim and God in His infallible wisdom decreed that the oppressors should be punished and those held in bondage be emancipated, He raised Moses. Such has always been God’s practice that He raises a Prophet to lead a down-trodden people to honour and glory and through his influence and under his lead the erstwhile suppressed and exploited people become the leaders and teachers of men. This phenomenon which took place in the time of every Divine Messenger witnessed its fullest and finest manifestation during the ministry of the Holy Prophet of Islam.
The words "to make them inheritors", refer to the Israelites becoming heirs to that 'land of promise'—Canaan—which, like Egypt, "flowed with milk and honey" and which God had "ordained for them" (5:22).
2880
Commentary:
When the degradation and humiliation of the Israelites in Egypt reached its nadir and the cup of iniquities of Pharaoh and his people became full to the brim and God in His infallible wisdom decreed that the oppressors should be punished and those held in bondage be emancipated, He raised Moses. Such has always been God’s practice that He raises a Prophet to lead a down-trodden people to honour and glory and through his influence and under his lead the erstwhile suppressed and exploited people become the leaders and teachers of men. This phenomenon which took place in the time of every Divine Messenger witnessed its fullest and finest manifestation during the ministry of the Holy Prophet of Islam.
The words "to make them inheritors", refer to the Israelites becoming heirs to that 'land of promise'—Canaan—which, like Egypt, "flowed with milk and honey" and which God had "ordained for them" (5:22).
وَنُمَكِّنَ لَهُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَنُرِىَ فِرْعَوْنَ وَهَٰمَٰنَ وَجُنُودَهُمَا مِنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يَحْذَرُونَ
7:138; 26:60; 44:29.
7:138; 26:60; 44:29.
When degradation of the Israelites in Egypt reached its nadir and the cup of iniquities of Pharaoh and his people became full to the brim and God in His infallible wisdom decreed that the oppressors should be punished and those held in bondage be emancipated, He raised Moses. This phenomenon which took place in the time of every Divine Messenger witnessed its fullest and finest manifestation during the ministry of the Holy Prophet of Islam.
Haman was the title of the high priest of the god Amon; 'ham,' in Egyptian language meaning, high priest. The god Amon dominated all other Egyptian gods. 'Haman was the director of both the treasury and the granary and director also of the soldiers and all the craftsmen of Thebes. His name was Nebunnef and he was high priest under Rameses II and his son Merneptah. Being the head of the extremely rich sacerdotal organization, embracing all the priesthoods of the country, his power and prestige had increased so much that he controlled a most influential political faction and even kept his own private army'("A History of Egypt" by James Henry Breasted, Ph.D.). Haman is also said to be the name of a minister of Ahasuerus, a king of Persia who lived many ages after Moses’s time. There is nothing strange or objectionable in two persons living in two different periods bearing the same name.
Exploitation and tyranny produce their own nemesis and the exploiters and oppressors never feel secure from the standard of revolt being raised against them by those whom they exploit, suppress or oppress. The greater the oppression of the tyrant, the greater his fear of revolt from those who are oppressed. Pharaoh, too, was seized with this fear.
7:138; 26:60; 44:29.
Commentary:
Exploitation and tyranny produce their own nemesis and the exploiters and oppressors never feel secure from the standard of revolt being raised against them by those whom they exploit, suppress and oppress. The greater the oppression of the tyrant, the greater his fear of revolt on the part of the tyrannized. Pharaoh, too, was seized with this fear and, therefore, he employed all sorts of means and machinations to keep the Israelites under permanent subjection. But the time had come that he should be punished and those held in bondage should be emancipated.
Haman was the title of the High Priest of the god Amon, "ham" in Egyptian meaning high priest and Amon was the god who dominated all other Egyptian gods. "Haman was the director of the double treasury and granary and director of the soldiers and all the craftsmen of Thebes. His name was Nebunnef and he was high priest under Ramesus II and his son Merneptah. Being the head of the extremely rich sacerdotal organization embracing all the priesthoods of the country his power and prestige had increased so much that he controlled a most influential political faction and even kept his own private army" (A story of Egypt by James Henry Breasted, Ph.D.).
Haman is also said to be the name of a minister of Ahasuerus, a king of Persia who lived many ages after Moses. There is nothing strange or objectionable in two persons living in two different periods bearing the same name. But Mr. Wherry, only to expose his own crass ignorance, has pretended to discover a serious anachronism in the Quran having called a minister of Pharaoh by the name of Haman, which incidentally was also the name of a minister of a king of Persia (Wherry’s Commentary, vol. 3, p. 254). In fact, anachronism lies in the brain of Mr. Wherry himself and not in the Quran.
a
7:138; 26:60; 44:29.
a
7:138; 26:60; 44:29.
2881
Commentary:
Exploitation and tyranny produce their own nemesis and the exploiters and oppressors never feel secure from the standard of revolt being raised against them by those whom they exploit, suppress and oppress. The greater the oppression of the tyrant, the greater his fear of revolt on the part of the tyrannized. Pharaoh, too, was seized with this fear and, therefore, he employed all sorts of means and machinations to keep the Israelites under permanent subjection. But the time had come that he should be punished and those held in bondage should be emancipated.
Haman was the title of the High Priest of the god Amon, "ham" in Egyptian meaning high priest and Amon was the god who dominated all other Egyptian gods. "Haman was the director of the double treasury and granary and director of the soldiers and all the craftsmen of Thebes. His name was Nebunnef and he was high priest under Ramesus II and his son Merneptah. Being the head of the extremely rich sacerdotal organization embracing all the priesthoods of the country his power and prestige had increased so much that he controlled a most influential political faction and even kept his own private army" (A story of Egypt by James Henry Breasted, Ph.D.).
Haman is also said to be the name of a minister of Ahasuerus, a king of Persia who lived many ages after Moses. There is nothing strange or objectionable in two persons living in two different periods bearing the same name. But Mr. Wherry, only to expose his own crass ignorance, has pretended to discover a serious anachronism in the Quran having called a minister of Pharaoh by the name of Haman, which incidentally was also the name of a minister of a king of Persia (Wherry’s Commentary, vol. 3, p. 254). In fact, anachronism lies in the brain of Mr. Wherry himself and not in the Quran.
a
7:138; 26:60; 44:29.
2197
When degradation of the Israelites in Egypt reached its nadir and the cup of iniquities of Pharaoh and his people became full to the brim and God in His infallible wisdom decreed that the oppressors should be punished and those held in bondage be emancipated, He raised Moses. This phenomenon which took place in the time of every Divine Messenger witnessed its fullest and finest manifestation during the ministry of the Holy Prophet of Islam.
2198
Haman was the title of the high priest of the god Amon; 'ham,' in Egyptian language meaning, high priest. The god Amon dominated all other Egyptian gods. 'Haman was the director of both the treasury and the granary and director also of the soldiers and all the craftsmen of Thebes. His name was Nebunnef and he was high priest under Rameses II and his son Merneptah. Being the head of the extremely rich sacerdotal organization, embracing all the priesthoods of the country, his power and prestige had increased so much that he controlled a most influential political faction and even kept his own private army'("A History of Egypt" by James Henry Breasted, Ph.D.). Haman is also said to be the name of a minister of Ahasuerus, a king of Persia who lived many ages after Moses’s time. There is nothing strange or objectionable in two persons living in two different periods bearing the same name.
2199
Exploitation and tyranny produce their own nemesis and the exploiters and oppressors never feel secure from the standard of revolt being raised against them by those whom they exploit, suppress or oppress. The greater the oppression of the tyrant, the greater his fear of revolt from those who are oppressed. Pharaoh, too, was seized with this fear.
وَأَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَىٰٓ أُمِّ مُوسَىٰٓ أَنْ أَرْضِعِيهِ ۖ فَإِذَا خِفْتِ عَلَيْهِ فَأَلْقِيهِ فِى ٱلْيَمِّ وَلَا تَخَافِى وَلَا تَحْزَنِىٓ ۖ إِنَّا رَآدُّوهُ إِلَيْكِ وَجَاعِلُوهُ مِنَ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ
20:39.
20:39.
20:39.
Commentary:
The preceding seven verses had spoken of Moses’ mission and by implication had referred to the mission of the Holy Prophet and in fact to the mission of every Prophet of God. From this verse, however, begins the actual story of Moses.
Whereas Moses was cast into the river by his mother to escape being killed by the people of Pharaoh, the Holy Prophet’s mother had to entrust him, while yet a child, to the care of a poor wet-nurse, to whom all the well-to-do families of Mecca had refused to entrust their babies on account of her poverty.
b
20:39.
a
20:39.
2882
Commentary:
The preceding seven verses had spoken of Moses’ mission and by implication had referred to the mission of the Holy Prophet and in fact to the mission of every Prophet of God. From this verse, however, begins the actual story of Moses.
Whereas Moses was cast into the river by his mother to escape being killed by the people of Pharaoh, the Holy Prophet’s mother had to entrust him, while yet a child, to the care of a poor wet-nurse, to whom all the well-to-do families of Mecca had refused to entrust their babies on account of her poverty.
b
20:39.
فَٱلْتَقَطَهُۥٓ ءَالُ فِرْعَوْنَ لِيَكُونَ لَهُمْ عَدُوًّا وَحَزَنًا ۗ إِنَّ فِرْعَوْنَ وَهَٰمَٰنَ وَجُنُودَهُمَا كَانُوا۟ خَٰطِـِٔينَ
20:40.
ل کے معنے کبھی کبھی نتیجہ کے ہوتے ہیں اور اسے لامِ عاقبت کہتے ہیں۔
کہتے ہیں کہ ہامان‘ فرعون کے درباریوں میں سے تھا۔ پس لشکر کو اس کی منزلت کی وجہ سے اس کی طرف منسوب کیا ہے یا ممکن ہے کہ وہ کمانڈر انچیف ہو۔
20:40.
The particle lam in Liyakuna (so that he became) is called Lam-e-‘Aqibah and denotes result and consequence.
20:40.
Important Words:
التقطه (picked him up) is derived from لقط which means, he picked it up, took it up from the ground. التقط الشیء means, he picked up the thing; he stumbled upon it unexpectedly without seeking it. لقیته التقاطا means, I met him unexpectedly (Lane & Aqrab).
The particle ل in لیکون (that he might become) is called لام العاقبة and denotes result and consequence, as in the well-known Arabic couplet:
لدو اللموت وابنوا للخراب
فکلکم یسیر الی تباب
i.e. bear children that they should die and build houses that they should fall into ruins, for all of you are marching towards destruction. Thus the first part of the verse would mean, "And the family of Pharaoh picked him up with the result that ultimately he became an enemy and a source of great grief and sorrow for them."
c
20:40.
1
ل کے معنے کبھی کبھی نتیجہ کے ہوتے ہیں اور اسے لامِ عاقبت کہتے ہیں۔
2
کہتے ہیں کہ ہامان‘ فرعون کے درباریوں میں سے تھا۔ پس لشکر کو اس کی منزلت کی وجہ سے اس کی طرف منسوب کیا ہے یا ممکن ہے کہ وہ کمانڈر انچیف ہو۔
a
20:40.
2883
Important Words:
التقطه (picked him up) is derived from لقط which means, he picked it up, took it up from the ground. التقط الشیء means, he picked up the thing; he stumbled upon it unexpectedly without seeking it. لقیته التقاطا means, I met him unexpectedly (Lane & Aqrab).
The particle ل in لیکون (that he might become) is called لام العاقبة and denotes result and consequence, as in the well-known Arabic couplet:
لدو اللموت وابنوا للخراب
فکلکم یسیر الی تباب
i.e. bear children that they should die and build houses that they should fall into ruins, for all of you are marching towards destruction. Thus the first part of the verse would mean, "And the family of Pharaoh picked him up with the result that ultimately he became an enemy and a source of great grief and sorrow for them."
a
20:40.
2200
The particle lam in Liyakuna (so that he became) is called Lam-e-‘Aqibah and denotes result and consequence.
وَقَالَتِ ٱمْرَأَتُ فِرْعَوْنَ قُرَّتُ عَيْنٍ لِّى وَلَكَ ۖ لَا تَقْتُلُوهُ عَسَىٰٓ أَن يَنفَعَنَآ أَوْ نَتَّخِذَهُۥ وَلَدًا وَهُمْ لَا يَشْعُرُونَ
اس سے مراد اس کی لڑکی ہے۔ کہتے ہیں جس عورت کو موسیٰ دریا کے کنارہ پر ملے وہ فرعون کی بیٹی تھی (خروج باب۲ آیت۵) وہ چاہتی تھی کہ ایک اچھا لڑکا پالے۔
یعنی خداتعالیٰ نے اس لڑکے کو فرعون اور اس کی قوم کی تباہی کے لئے ان کے گھر میں رکھوایا۔
God’s ways indeed are inscrutable. Pharaoh did not know that the very child, upon whom he was lavishing so much care and love, would one day prove an instrument of punishment for him in the hands of Destiny because he had flouted and defied Divine commandments and had held the Israelites in bondage and tyrannized over them for a long time.
Commentary:
God’s ways indeed are inscrutable. Pharaoh did not know that the very child upon whom he had lavished so much care and love will one day prove an instrument of punishment for him in the hands of Destiny because he had flouted and defied Divine commandments and had held the Israelites in bondage and had tyrannized over them for a long time.
3
اس سے مراد اس کی لڑکی ہے۔ کہتے ہیں جس عورت کو موسیٰ دریا کے کنارہ پر ملے وہ فرعون کی بیٹی تھی (خروج باب۲ آیت۵) وہ چاہتی تھی کہ ایک اچھا لڑکا پالے۔
4
یعنی خداتعالیٰ نے اس لڑکے کو فرعون اور اس کی قوم کی تباہی کے لئے ان کے گھر میں رکھوایا۔
2884
Commentary:
God’s ways indeed are inscrutable. Pharaoh did not know that the very child upon whom he had lavished so much care and love will one day prove an instrument of punishment for him in the hands of Destiny because he had flouted and defied Divine commandments and had held the Israelites in bondage and had tyrannized over them for a long time.
2201
God’s ways indeed are inscrutable. Pharaoh did not know that the very child, upon whom he was lavishing so much care and love, would one day prove an instrument of punishment for him in the hands of Destiny because he had flouted and defied Divine commandments and had held the Israelites in bondage and tyrannized over them for a long time.
وَأَصْبَحَ فُؤَادُ أُمِّ مُوسَىٰ فَٰرِغًا ۖ إِن كَادَتْ لَتُبْدِى بِهِۦ لَوْلَآ أَن رَّبَطْنَا عَلَىٰ قَلْبِهَا لِتَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ
Moses’s mother was so much pleased with Moses having been restored to her that out of extreme joy she was on the point of declaring that the child belonged to her. If God had not restrained her, she almost had told people about the whole affair—how she had received a Divine revelation and how in pursuance of it she had put the child into the river and so on.
Important Words:
فارغا (free from anxiety) is derived from فرغ which means, it was or became empty, void, devoid; he died. فرغ له means, he made him or it the object to which he directed himself. فارغ means, vacant, devoid of or free from care or anxiety or disquietude (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The heart of Moses’ mother became free from care or anxiety because of the consolation and assurance given to her by Divine revelation referred to in v. 8 above. The pronoun ہ in به may refer either to Moses or to the matter concerned. In the first case the expression ان کادت لتبدی به would mean that Moses’ mother was so much pleased with Moses having been restored to her that out of joy she was on the point of declaring that the child belonged to her. In the second case the meaning would be that if God had not restrained her, she almost had told people about the whole affair—how she had received a Divine revelation and how in pursuance of it she had put the child into the river and so on.
2885
Important Words:
فارغا (free from anxiety) is derived from فرغ which means, it was or became empty, void, devoid; he died. فرغ له means, he made him or it the object to which he directed himself. فارغ means, vacant, devoid of or free from care or anxiety or disquietude (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The heart of Moses’ mother became free from care or anxiety because of the consolation and assurance given to her by Divine revelation referred to in v. 8 above. The pronoun ہ in به may refer either to Moses or to the matter concerned. In the first case the expression ان کادت لتبدی به would mean that Moses’ mother was so much pleased with Moses having been restored to her that out of joy she was on the point of declaring that the child belonged to her. In the second case the meaning would be that if God had not restrained her, she almost had told people about the whole affair—how she had received a Divine revelation and how in pursuance of it she had put the child into the river and so on.
2202
Moses’s mother was so much pleased with Moses having been restored to her that out of extreme joy she was on the point of declaring that the child belonged to her. If God had not restrained her, she almost had told people about the whole affair—how she had received a Divine revelation and how in pursuance of it she had put the child into the river and so on.
وَقَالَتْ لِأُخْتِهِۦ قُصِّيهِ ۖ فَبَصُرَتْ بِهِۦ عَن جُنُبٍ وَهُمْ لَا يَشْعُرُونَ
Important Words:
قصیه (follow him up) is derived from قص. They say قصه i.e. he cut it; or he clipped it. قص أثرہ means, he followed, or followed after, his track, or footsteps, in pursuit; he endeavoured to trace or track him; he endeavoured to trace him by degrees, or by night or at any time (Lane & Aqrab). See also 7:177 & 12:4.
2885A
Important Words:
قصیه (follow him up) is derived from قص. They say قصه i.e. he cut it; or he clipped it. قص أثرہ means, he followed, or followed after, his track, or footsteps, in pursuit; he endeavoured to trace or track him; he endeavoured to trace him by degrees, or by night or at any time (Lane & Aqrab). See also 7:177 & 12:4.
۞ وَحَرَّمْنَا عَلَيْهِ ٱلْمَرَاضِعَ مِن قَبْلُ فَقَالَتْ هَلْ أَدُلُّكُمْ عَلَىٰٓ أَهْلِ بَيْتٍ يَكْفُلُونَهُۥ لَكُمْ وَهُمْ لَهُۥ نَٰصِحُونَ
20:41.
اس سے معلوم ہوتا ہے کہ موسیٰ علیہ السلام جس ٹوکرے میں تھے وہ بہتا بہتا پہلے کنارہ پر جا لگا تھا اور موسیٰ علیہ السلام کی بہن احتیاط سے بہت آہستہ آہستہ پیچھے رہی تھی۔ اس عرصہ میں فرعون کی بیٹی نے کئی دودھ پلانے والیاں بلا کے انہیں موسیٰ علیہ السلام کو دودھ پلانے کا حکم دیا۔ مگر موسیٰ علیہ السلام نے ان کا دودھ پینے سے انکار کر دیا۔ یہاں تک کہ الٰہی تدبیر کے مطابق وہ اپنی ماں کے پاس لوٹ آئے۔
20:41.
20:41.
a
20:41.
1
اس سے معلوم ہوتا ہے کہ موسیٰ علیہ السلام جس ٹوکرے میں تھے وہ بہتا بہتا پہلے کنارہ پر جا لگا تھا اور موسیٰ علیہ السلام کی بہن احتیاط سے بہت آہستہ آہستہ پیچھے رہی تھی۔ اس عرصہ میں فرعون کی بیٹی نے کئی دودھ پلانے والیاں بلا کے انہیں موسیٰ علیہ السلام کو دودھ پلانے کا حکم دیا۔ مگر موسیٰ علیہ السلام نے ان کا دودھ پینے سے انکار کر دیا۔ یہاں تک کہ الٰہی تدبیر کے مطابق وہ اپنی ماں کے پاس لوٹ آئے۔
a
20:41.
a
20:41.
فَرَدَدْنَٰهُ إِلَىٰٓ أُمِّهِۦ كَىْ تَقَرَّ عَيْنُهَا وَلَا تَحْزَنَ وَلِتَعْلَمَ أَنَّ وَعْدَ ٱللَّهِ حَقٌّ وَلَٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَهُمْ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ
وَلَمَّا بَلَغَ أَشُدَّهُۥ وَٱسْتَوَىٰٓ ءَاتَيْنَٰهُ حُكْمًا وَعِلْمًا ۚ وَكَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ
12:23; 46:16.
اس سے مراد یہ ہے کہ ایسی عمر کو پہنچا‘ جس میں وحی نازل ہو جاتی ہے یعنی ۳۰ سے لیکر ۴۰ یا اس سے اوپر۔
12:23; 46:16.
Moses was fully equipped with temporal as well as Divine knowledge. Having been brought up in the house of a great monarch of the time he must have had the best tutors to teach him the current sciences. His physical development was also perfect as is apparent from the next verse, and he was inspired by noble ideals. As God had marked him out for a great destiny, he was endowed with wisdom and spiritual knowledge in a very large measure. By the time Moses had attained maturity he was a Muhsin, i.e. a constant doer of good deeds.
12:23; 46:16.
Commentary:
Moses was fully equipped with temporal as well as divine knowledge. Having been brought up in the house of a powerful monarch of the time he must have had the best tutors to teach him the current sciences. His physical development must also have been perfect as is apparent from 28:16; and he must have been inspired by noble ideals. As God had marked him out for a great destiny, he was endowed with wisdom and spiritual knowledge in a very large measure. By the time Moses had attained maturity he was a محسن i.e. a constant doer of good deeds.
b
12:23; 46:16.
2
اس سے مراد یہ ہے کہ ایسی عمر کو پہنچا‘ جس میں وحی نازل ہو جاتی ہے یعنی ۳۰ سے لیکر ۴۰ یا اس سے اوپر۔
a
12:23; 46:16.
2886
Commentary:
Moses was fully equipped with temporal as well as divine knowledge. Having been brought up in the house of a powerful monarch of the time he must have had the best tutors to teach him the current sciences. His physical development must also have been perfect as is apparent from 28:16; and he must have been inspired by noble ideals. As God had marked him out for a great destiny, he was endowed with wisdom and spiritual knowledge in a very large measure. By the time Moses had attained maturity he was a محسن i.e. a constant doer of good deeds.
b
12:23; 46:16.
2203
Moses was fully equipped with temporal as well as Divine knowledge. Having been brought up in the house of a great monarch of the time he must have had the best tutors to teach him the current sciences. His physical development was also perfect as is apparent from the next verse, and he was inspired by noble ideals. As God had marked him out for a great destiny, he was endowed with wisdom and spiritual knowledge in a very large measure. By the time Moses had attained maturity he was a Muhsin, i.e. a constant doer of good deeds.
وَدَخَلَ ٱلْمَدِينَةَ عَلَىٰ حِينِ غَفْلَةٍ مِّنْ أَهْلِهَا فَوَجَدَ فِيهَا رَجُلَيْنِ يَقْتَتِلَانِ هَٰذَا مِن شِيعَتِهِۦ وَهَٰذَا مِنْ عَدُوِّهِۦ ۖ فَٱسْتَغَٰثَهُ ٱلَّذِى مِن شِيعَتِهِۦ عَلَى ٱلَّذِى مِنْ عَدُوِّهِۦ فَوَكَزَهُۥ مُوسَىٰ فَقَضَىٰ عَلَيْهِ ۖ قَالَ هَٰذَا مِنْ عَمَلِ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنِ ۖ إِنَّهُۥ عَدُوٌّ مُّضِلٌّ مُّبِينٌ
20:41; 26:20.
穆撒的性格是非常高贵的, 在主示的非常崇高的理想鼓舞之下, 他总是乐于帮助弱小而被压迫的民族; 因此在一个可怜的以色列人, 请求他的援助来对付那个傲慢而残忍的埃及人时, 他立刻去救他。
“这属于恶魔的行为” 这句话, 按照阿拉伯习用语的意思是, 某一罪恶的事情发生了, 也就是说, “恶魔唆使一个埃及人和一个以色列人打架, 而我不得不来帮助那被压迫的以色列人, 结果做了一件坏事” 即打死了一个人。否则, 这句话也可以作为对打死的那个埃及人讲的, 意思是, “这是你恶魔行为的下场”, 也就是说, “你的死是你自己邪恶和犯罪行为的结果”。穆撒没有用致命的武器而只是抵抗那个埃及人, 或是用拳头打他, 表明后者是偶然死亡的。显然, 在穆撒方面并没有打死他的意图。«古兰经»在这节经文中并没有提到穆撒说的那个埃及人的卑鄙行径。那个埃及人据说是强迫一个以色列女人和他通奸。这肯定会引起这节经文中所说的那次争吵, 最后引起穆撒的干预以及那埃及人的死亡 (《犹太百科全書》“Moses” 项下)。
یعنی آرام سے اپنے گھروں میں سو رہے تھے۔ دوپہر کو یا آدھی رات کو۔
گھونسا‘ جسے پنجابی میں مُکّا کہتے ہیں۔
یعنی شیطان نے میری قوم کے آدمی اور فرعون کی قوم کے آدمی کو غصہ دلا کر آپس میں لڑوادیا۔ اور مجھے اپنی قوم کے آدمی کی جو مظلوم تھا مدد کرنی پڑی اور فرعون کی قوم کا آدمی مر گیا۔
20:41; 26:20.
Being of a very noble nature and having been inspired by very high ideals, Moses was always ready to help weak and oppressed people; so when a poor Israelite sought his help against an arrogant and cruel Egyptian, he at once went to his rescue.
The expression, This is of Satan’s doing, according to Arabic idiom means that some evil thing has happened, i.e. 'Satan had caused an Egyptian and an Israelite to fight and I had to come to the assistance of the oppressed Israelite which resulted in an evil thing' i.e. the death of a person. Or the words might have been addressed to the dead Egyptian meaning, 'This is the outcome of your satanic deed,' i.e. 'Your death is the result of your own wickedness and transgression.' The fact that Moses used no lethal weapon and only repelled the Egyptian or struck him with his fist shows that the latter’s death was accidental. Evidently, there was no intention on Moses’s part to kill him. The Qur’an has not mentioned the wicked deed of the Egyptian to which Moses refers in this verse. The Egyptian is reported to have forced an Israelite woman to commit adultery with him. It apparently led to the quarrel referred to in the verse and ultimately to Moses’s interference and the death of the Egyptian
20:41; 26:20.
Important Words:
وکزہ (struck him with his fist) means, he struck or beat him; he beat or struck him with his fist; he pushed or impelled or repelled him; he goaded him (Lane).
Commentary:
Being of a very noble nature and having been inspired by high ideals, Moses was always ready to help weak and oppressed people and so when a poor and weak Israelite sought his help against an arrogant and cruel Egyptian, he at once went to his rescue.
The expression, "this is of Satan’s doing," according to Arabic idiom means that some evil thing has happened, i.e. "Satan had caused an Egyptian and an Israelite to fight and I had to come to the assistance of the oppressed Israelite which resulted in an evil thing i.e. the death of a person." Or the words might have been addressed to the dead Egyptian meaning, "this is the outcome of your satanic deed," i.e. "your death is the result of your own wickedness and transgression." The fact that Moses used no lethal weapon and only repelled the Egyptian or at best struck him with his fist shows that the latter’s death was accidental. Clearly there was no intention on Moses’ part to cause it.
The Quran has not mentioned the wicked deed of the Egyptian to which Moses refers in this verse but from Jewish Encyclopedia we know that the said Egyptian had forced an Israelite woman to commit adultery with him and that was indeed a devilish deed. It apparently led to the quarrel referred to in the verse and ultimately to Moses’ interference and the death of the Egyptian (Jew. Enc. under "Moses").
c
20:41; 26:20.
961
穆撒的性格是非常高贵的, 在主示的非常崇高的理想鼓舞之下, 他总是乐于帮助弱小而被压迫的民族; 因此在一个可怜的以色列人, 请求他的援助来对付那个傲慢而残忍的埃及人时, 他立刻去救他。
962
“这属于恶魔的行为” 这句话, 按照阿拉伯习用语的意思是, 某一罪恶的事情发生了, 也就是说, “恶魔唆使一个埃及人和一个以色列人打架, 而我不得不来帮助那被压迫的以色列人, 结果做了一件坏事” 即打死了一个人。否则, 这句话也可以作为对打死的那个埃及人讲的, 意思是, “这是你恶魔行为的下场”, 也就是说, “你的死是你自己邪恶和犯罪行为的结果”。穆撒没有用致命的武器而只是抵抗那个埃及人, 或是用拳头打他, 表明后者是偶然死亡的。显然, 在穆撒方面并没有打死他的意图。«古兰经»在这节经文中并没有提到穆撒说的那个埃及人的卑鄙行径。那个埃及人据说是强迫一个以色列女人和他通奸。这肯定会引起这节经文中所说的那次争吵, 最后引起穆撒的干预以及那埃及人的死亡 (《犹太百科全書》“Moses” 项下)。
3
یعنی آرام سے اپنے گھروں میں سو رہے تھے۔ دوپہر کو یا آدھی رات کو۔
4
گھونسا‘ جسے پنجابی میں مُکّا کہتے ہیں۔
5
یعنی شیطان نے میری قوم کے آدمی اور فرعون کی قوم کے آدمی کو غصہ دلا کر آپس میں لڑوادیا۔ اور مجھے اپنی قوم کے آدمی کی جو مظلوم تھا مدد کرنی پڑی اور فرعون کی قوم کا آدمی مر گیا۔
b
20:41; 26:20.
2887
Important Words:
وکزہ (struck him with his fist) means, he struck or beat him; he beat or struck him with his fist; he pushed or impelled or repelled him; he goaded him (Lane).
Commentary:
Being of a very noble nature and having been inspired by high ideals, Moses was always ready to help weak and oppressed people and so when a poor and weak Israelite sought his help against an arrogant and cruel Egyptian, he at once went to his rescue.
The expression, "this is of Satan’s doing," according to Arabic idiom means that some evil thing has happened, i.e. "Satan had caused an Egyptian and an Israelite to fight and I had to come to the assistance of the oppressed Israelite which resulted in an evil thing i.e. the death of a person." Or the words might have been addressed to the dead Egyptian meaning, "this is the outcome of your satanic deed," i.e. "your death is the result of your own wickedness and transgression." The fact that Moses used no lethal weapon and only repelled the Egyptian or at best struck him with his fist shows that the latter’s death was accidental. Clearly there was no intention on Moses’ part to cause it.
The Quran has not mentioned the wicked deed of the Egyptian to which Moses refers in this verse but from Jewish Encyclopedia we know that the said Egyptian had forced an Israelite woman to commit adultery with him and that was indeed a devilish deed. It apparently led to the quarrel referred to in the verse and ultimately to Moses’ interference and the death of the Egyptian (Jew. Enc. under "Moses").
a
20:41; 26:20.
2204
Being of a very noble nature and having been inspired by very high ideals, Moses was always ready to help weak and oppressed people; so when a poor Israelite sought his help against an arrogant and cruel Egyptian, he at once went to his rescue.
2205
The expression, This is of Satan’s doing, according to Arabic idiom means that some evil thing has happened, i.e. 'Satan had caused an Egyptian and an Israelite to fight and I had to come to the assistance of the oppressed Israelite which resulted in an evil thing' i.e. the death of a person. Or the words might have been addressed to the dead Egyptian meaning, 'This is the outcome of your satanic deed,' i.e. 'Your death is the result of your own wickedness and transgression.' The fact that Moses used no lethal weapon and only repelled the Egyptian or struck him with his fist shows that the latter’s death was accidental. Evidently, there was no intention on Moses’s part to kill him. The Qur’an has not mentioned the wicked deed of the Egyptian to which Moses refers in this verse. The Egyptian is reported to have forced an Israelite woman to commit adultery with him. It apparently led to the quarrel referred to in the verse and ultimately to Moses’s interference and the death of the Egyptian
قَالَ رَبِّ إِنِّى ظَلَمْتُ نَفْسِى فَٱغْفِرْ لِى فَغَفَرَ لَهُۥٓ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ هُوَ ٱلْغَفُورُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ
ظَلَمَهٗ (Zalama-hu) 的意思是:他加在他身上一个他无力或不能承担的负载;他把自己暴露在危险的境地之中 (Lane和 مُفْرَدَات Mufradat)。穆撒意识到在力图帮助一个可怜的以色列人时, 他偶然杀死了那个埃及人, 这样他的处境非常危险, 把自己就承担了一个显然他担当不了的沉重压力。因此他祈求安拉保护他免受可能由于他偶尔打死了一个统治者民族中的人而产生的恶果。
Zalama-hu means, he imposed upon him a burden which was beyond his power or ability to bear; he exposed himself to danger (Lane & Mufradat). Moses realized that in trying to help the poor Israelite he had happened to kill the Egyptian and thus had exposed himself to a great danger and had taken upon himself a burden which apparently he could not bear. So he prayed to God to protect him from the evil consequences that might flow from his accidentally killing a member of the ruling race.
Important Words:
ظلمت (I have wronged my soul) is derived from ظلم which means, he did wrong; he acted unjustly or tyrannically; he put a thing in a wrong place; he made one to suffer loss or detriment. ظلمه also signifies, he imposed upon him a burden that was beyond his power or ability to bear; he exposed himself to danger (Lane, Aqrab & Mufradat). See also 2:36, 52 & 17:60.
Commentary:
Moses realized that in trying to help the poor Israelite he had happened to kill the Egyptian and thus had exposed himself to a great danger and had taken upon himself a burden which apparently he did not have the power to bear. So he prayed to God to protect him from the evil consequences that might flow from his accidentally killing a member of the ruling race.
963
ظَلَمَهٗ (Zalama-hu) 的意思是:他加在他身上一个他无力或不能承担的负载;他把自己暴露在危险的境地之中 (Lane和 مُفْرَدَات Mufradat)。穆撒意识到在力图帮助一个可怜的以色列人时, 他偶然杀死了那个埃及人, 这样他的处境非常危险, 把自己就承担了一个显然他担当不了的沉重压力。因此他祈求安拉保护他免受可能由于他偶尔打死了一个统治者民族中的人而产生的恶果。
2888
Important Words:
ظلمت (I have wronged my soul) is derived from ظلم which means, he did wrong; he acted unjustly or tyrannically; he put a thing in a wrong place; he made one to suffer loss or detriment. ظلمه also signifies, he imposed upon him a burden that was beyond his power or ability to bear; he exposed himself to danger (Lane, Aqrab & Mufradat). See also 2:36, 52 & 17:60.
Commentary:
Moses realized that in trying to help the poor Israelite he had happened to kill the Egyptian and thus had exposed himself to a great danger and had taken upon himself a burden which apparently he did not have the power to bear. So he prayed to God to protect him from the evil consequences that might flow from his accidentally killing a member of the ruling race.
2206
Zalama-hu means, he imposed upon him a burden which was beyond his power or ability to bear; he exposed himself to danger (Lane & Mufradat). Moses realized that in trying to help the poor Israelite he had happened to kill the Egyptian and thus had exposed himself to a great danger and had taken upon himself a burden which apparently he could not bear. So he prayed to God to protect him from the evil consequences that might flow from his accidentally killing a member of the ruling race.
قَالَ رَبِّ بِمَآ أَنْعَمْتَ عَلَىَّ فَلَنْ أَكُونَ ظَهِيرًا لِّلْمُجْرِمِينَ
یعنی مجھے ایک مظلوم کی مدد کا موقعہ دیا ہے پس اس کے شکریہ میں مَیں ہمیشہ مظلوم کی ہی مدد کرتا رہوں گا۔ ظالم کی مدد کبھی نہیں کروں گا۔
The verse shows Moses as saying, 'My Lord! Thou hast always been gracious to me, so in my gratitude to Thee for Thy favour, I promise that I will always help the oppressed as I did on the last occasion, and will never take sides with the oppressor.' Or it may mean, 'My Lord, since Thou hast been always kind and gracious to me, how can I be a helper and supporter of the oppressors?'
Commentary:
The verse shows Moses as saying, "My Lord! Thou hast always been Gracious to me, so in my gratitude to Thee for Thy favour, I promise that I will always help the oppressed as I did on the last occasion, and will never take sides with the oppressors." Or it may mean, "My Lord, since Thou hast given me an opportunity to help an oppressed man and thus hast done me a great favour, so in gratitude for Thy favour I will always help the poor and the oppressed." Or the verse may mean, "My Lord, since Thou hast been always kind and gracious to me, how can I be a helper and supporter of the oppressors?"
1
یعنی مجھے ایک مظلوم کی مدد کا موقعہ دیا ہے پس اس کے شکریہ میں مَیں ہمیشہ مظلوم کی ہی مدد کرتا رہوں گا۔ ظالم کی مدد کبھی نہیں کروں گا۔
2889
Commentary:
The verse shows Moses as saying, "My Lord! Thou hast always been Gracious to me, so in my gratitude to Thee for Thy favour, I promise that I will always help the oppressed as I did on the last occasion, and will never take sides with the oppressors." Or it may mean, "My Lord, since Thou hast given me an opportunity to help an oppressed man and thus hast done me a great favour, so in gratitude for Thy favour I will always help the poor and the oppressed." Or the verse may mean, "My Lord, since Thou hast been always kind and gracious to me, how can I be a helper and supporter of the oppressors?"
2207
The verse shows Moses as saying, 'My Lord! Thou hast always been gracious to me, so in my gratitude to Thee for Thy favour, I promise that I will always help the oppressed as I did on the last occasion, and will never take sides with the oppressor.' Or it may mean, 'My Lord, since Thou hast been always kind and gracious to me, how can I be a helper and supporter of the oppressors?'
فَأَصْبَحَ فِى ٱلْمَدِينَةِ خَآئِفًا يَتَرَقَّبُ فَإِذَا ٱلَّذِى ٱسْتَنصَرَهُۥ بِٱلْأَمْسِ يَسْتَصْرِخُهُۥ ۚ قَالَ لَهُۥ مُوسَىٰٓ إِنَّكَ لَغَوِىٌّ مُّبِينٌ
Moses seems to reproach the Israelite who called him for help by saying to him, 'You are a foolish fellow and not being able to realize the consequences of your actions you readily become involved in trouble.' The words do not mean, as is generally misunderstood, that Moses regarded the man as an offender.
Commentary:
Moses in this verse seems to reproach the man who called him for help by saying to him, "you are a foolish fellow and not being able to realise the consequences of your actions you become readily involved in trouble." The words do not mean, as is generally misunderstood, that Moses regarded the man as an offender.
2890
Commentary:
Moses in this verse seems to reproach the man who called him for help by saying to him, "you are a foolish fellow and not being able to realise the consequences of your actions you become readily involved in trouble." The words do not mean, as is generally misunderstood, that Moses regarded the man as an offender.
2208
Moses seems to reproach the Israelite who called him for help by saying to him, 'You are a foolish fellow and not being able to realize the consequences of your actions you readily become involved in trouble.' The words do not mean, as is generally misunderstood, that Moses regarded the man as an offender.
فَلَمَّآ أَنْ أَرَادَ أَن يَبْطِشَ بِٱلَّذِى هُوَ عَدُوٌّ لَّهُمَا قَالَ يَٰمُوسَىٰٓ أَتُرِيدُ أَن تَقْتُلَنِى كَمَا قَتَلْتَ نَفْسًۢا بِٱلْأَمْسِ ۖ إِن تُرِيدُ إِلَّآ أَن تَكُونَ جَبَّارًا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا تُرِيدُ أَن تَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلْمُصْلِحِينَ
یعنی جو بنی اسرائیل میں سے تھا اس نے غلطی سے یہ سمجھا کہ وہ مجھے مارنے لگا ہے اور زور سے کہا کہ کل کی طرح تم آج بھی خون کرنا چاہتے ہو۔
The words, who was an enemy to both of them, show that the man referred to was an Egyptian. But if he was an Israelite, as the Bible says, then he must have been in league with the Egyptians and must have reported the previous day’s incident to the authorities and thus was an enemy both to Moses and the Israelite who called Moses for help.
Commentary:
The words "who was an enemy to both of them," show that the man referred to was an Egyptian. But if he was an Israelite as the Bible says then he must have been in league with the Egyptians and must have reported the previous day’s incident to the authorities and thus was an enemy both to Moses and the Israelite who called Moses for help.
2
یعنی جو بنی اسرائیل میں سے تھا اس نے غلطی سے یہ سمجھا کہ وہ مجھے مارنے لگا ہے اور زور سے کہا کہ کل کی طرح تم آج بھی خون کرنا چاہتے ہو۔
2891
Commentary:
The words "who was an enemy to both of them," show that the man referred to was an Egyptian. But if he was an Israelite as the Bible says then he must have been in league with the Egyptians and must have reported the previous day’s incident to the authorities and thus was an enemy both to Moses and the Israelite who called Moses for help.
2209
The words, who was an enemy to both of them, show that the man referred to was an Egyptian. But if he was an Israelite, as the Bible says, then he must have been in league with the Egyptians and must have reported the previous day’s incident to the authorities and thus was an enemy both to Moses and the Israelite who called Moses for help.
وَجَآءَ رَجُلٌ مِّنْ أَقْصَا ٱلْمَدِينَةِ يَسْعَىٰ قَالَ يَٰمُوسَىٰٓ إِنَّ ٱلْمَلَأَ يَأْتَمِرُونَ بِكَ لِيَقْتُلُوكَ فَٱخْرُجْ إِنِّى لَكَ مِنَ ٱلنَّٰصِحِينَ
یعنی کسی طرح کل کے واقعہ کی بھنک ان کے کان میں پڑ گئی ہے۔ معلوم ہوتا ہے یہ شخص موسیٰ کے ہم خیالوں اور دوستوں میں سے تھا۔
Commentary:
The implied reference in the verse is to the counsel that the leaders of Mecca had held to kill the Holy Prophet. But whereas Moses was informed of the designs of the Egyptian chiefs by a well-wisher of his, as the verse under comment says, the Holy Prophet was made aware of the evil designs of the Quraishite leaders against him by God Himself (8:31).
3
یعنی کسی طرح کل کے واقعہ کی بھنک ان کے کان میں پڑ گئی ہے۔ معلوم ہوتا ہے یہ شخص موسیٰ کے ہم خیالوں اور دوستوں میں سے تھا۔
2892
Commentary:
The implied reference in the verse is to the counsel that the leaders of Mecca had held to kill the Holy Prophet. But whereas Moses was informed of the designs of the Egyptian chiefs by a well-wisher of his, as the verse under comment says, the Holy Prophet was made aware of the evil designs of the Quraishite leaders against him by God Himself (8:31).
فَخَرَجَ مِنْهَا خَآئِفًا يَتَرَقَّبُ ۖ قَالَ رَبِّ نَجِّنِى مِنَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ
26:22.
26:22.
26:22.
a
26:22.
a
26:22.
a
26:22.
وَلَمَّا تَوَجَّهَ تِلْقَآءَ مَدْيَنَ قَالَ عَسَىٰ رَبِّىٓ أَن يَهْدِيَنِى سَوَآءَ ٱلسَّبِيلِ
مصر سے عبرانی علاقہ کی طرف جاتے ہوئے راستہ میں مدین آتا تھا۔ اس وقت مدین میں عاد قوم کے عرب رہتے تھے۔ اسرائیلیوں نے عربوں کو موسیٰ کے بچانے کا اچھا بدلہ دیا ہے۔ اِنَّا لِلّٰہِ وَاِنَّا اِلَیْہِ رَاجِعُوْنَ۔
عَسٰی عربی زبان میں کسی چیز کے تسلی رکھنے کے لئے استعمال کیا جاتا ہے۔ (مغنی اللبیب)
1
مصر سے عبرانی علاقہ کی طرف جاتے ہوئے راستہ میں مدین آتا تھا۔ اس وقت مدین میں عاد قوم کے عرب رہتے تھے۔ اسرائیلیوں نے عربوں کو موسیٰ کے بچانے کا اچھا بدلہ دیا ہے۔ اِنَّا لِلّٰہِ وَاِنَّا اِلَیْہِ رَاجِعُوْنَ۔
2
عَسٰی عربی زبان میں کسی چیز کے تسلی رکھنے کے لئے استعمال کیا جاتا ہے۔ (مغنی اللبیب)
وَلَمَّا وَرَدَ مَآءَ مَدْيَنَ وَجَدَ عَلَيْهِ أُمَّةً مِّنَ ٱلنَّاسِ يَسْقُونَ وَوَجَدَ مِن دُونِهِمُ ٱمْرَأَتَيْنِ تَذُودَانِ ۖ قَالَ مَا خَطْبُكُمَا ۖ قَالَتَا لَا نَسْقِى حَتَّىٰ يُصْدِرَ ٱلرِّعَآءُ ۖ وَأَبُونَا شَيْخٌ كَبِيرٌ
قرآن مجید میں دو عورتوں کا ذکر ہے مگر بائبل خروج باب۲ آیت۱۶ میں لکھا ہے کہ سات لڑکیاں آئی تھیں۔ یہ فرق اس لئے ہے کہ قرآن کریم میں صرف بڑی لڑکیوں کا ذکر ہے۔ کیونکہ آگے بیاہ کا معاملہ آنے والا تھا۔ بائیبل نے اس کے خلاف جتنی لڑکیاں اپنی بہنوں کے ساتھ آئی تھیں خواہ چھوٹی تھیں یا بڑی سب کا ذکر کر دیا ہے۔
یہاں خَطْب کا لفظ ہے جس کے معنے ہیں بڑا اہم کام۔
What is your trouble; or what is the matter with you?
Important Words:
تذودان (keeping back) is formed from ذاد which means, he drove; drove away, and he repelled. ذاد الابل عن الماء means, he kept back or debarred the camels from the water, or prevented them from coming to it. They say ذاد عن عرضه i.e. he defended his honour (Lane & Aqrab).
یصدر (take back) is from صدر which means, he returned, went back or turned away from water. صدر الیه means, he went to it (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The girls seem to be jealous of the honour of their father and therefore in order to disabuse Moses’ mind of any possible misconception that their father was an indolent and easy-going man for having sent his young daughters to the well and keeping himself at home they say that their father is an old man and therefore could not himself come to water his flock.
The general opinion among the commentators of the Quran is that Shu‘aib was Moses’ father-in-law. In the Bible he is called Jethro (Exod. 3:1).
3
قرآن مجید میں دو عورتوں کا ذکر ہے مگر بائبل خروج باب۲ آیت۱۶ میں لکھا ہے کہ سات لڑکیاں آئی تھیں۔ یہ فرق اس لئے ہے کہ قرآن کریم میں صرف بڑی لڑکیوں کا ذکر ہے۔ کیونکہ آگے بیاہ کا معاملہ آنے والا تھا۔ بائیبل نے اس کے خلاف جتنی لڑکیاں اپنی بہنوں کے ساتھ آئی تھیں خواہ چھوٹی تھیں یا بڑی سب کا ذکر کر دیا ہے۔
4
یہاں خَطْب کا لفظ ہے جس کے معنے ہیں بڑا اہم کام۔
2893
Important Words:
تذودان (keeping back) is formed from ذاد which means, he drove; drove away, and he repelled. ذاد الابل عن الماء means, he kept back or debarred the camels from the water, or prevented them from coming to it. They say ذاد عن عرضه i.e. he defended his honour (Lane & Aqrab).
یصدر (take back) is from صدر which means, he returned, went back or turned away from water. صدر الیه means, he went to it (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The girls seem to be jealous of the honour of their father and therefore in order to disabuse Moses’ mind of any possible misconception that their father was an indolent and easy-going man for having sent his young daughters to the well and keeping himself at home they say that their father is an old man and therefore could not himself come to water his flock.
The general opinion among the commentators of the Quran is that Shu‘aib was Moses’ father-in-law. In the Bible he is called Jethro (Exod. 3:1).
2209A
What is your trouble; or what is the matter with you?
فَسَقَىٰ لَهُمَا ثُمَّ تَوَلَّىٰٓ إِلَى ٱلظِّلِّ فَقَالَ رَبِّ إِنِّى لِمَآ أَنزَلْتَ إِلَىَّ مِنْ خَيْرٍ فَقِيرٌ
فَجَآءَتْهُ إِحْدَىٰهُمَا تَمْشِى عَلَى ٱسْتِحْيَآءٍ قَالَتْ إِنَّ أَبِى يَدْعُوكَ لِيَجْزِيَكَ أَجْرَ مَا سَقَيْتَ لَنَا ۚ فَلَمَّا جَآءَهُۥ وَقَصَّ عَلَيْهِ ٱلْقَصَصَ قَالَ لَا تَخَفْ ۖ نَجَوْتَ مِنَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ
The words, thou hast escaped from the unjust people, show that on hearing Moses’s story the old and righteous man was convinced that Moses had committed no murder and that the death of the Egyptian was only accidental. On the other hand he dubbed and denounced the Egyptians as a wicked people.
Commentary:
The words, "thou has escaped from the wicked people," show that on hearing Moses’ story the old and righteous man was convinced that Moses had committed no murder and that the death of the Egyptian was only accidental. On the other hand he dubbed and denounced the Egyptians as a wicked people.
2894
Commentary:
The words, "thou has escaped from the wicked people," show that on hearing Moses’ story the old and righteous man was convinced that Moses had committed no murder and that the death of the Egyptian was only accidental. On the other hand he dubbed and denounced the Egyptians as a wicked people.
2210
The words, thou hast escaped from the unjust people, show that on hearing Moses’s story the old and righteous man was convinced that Moses had committed no murder and that the death of the Egyptian was only accidental. On the other hand he dubbed and denounced the Egyptians as a wicked people.
قَالَتْ إِحْدَىٰهُمَا يَٰٓأَبَتِ ٱسْتَـْٔجِرْهُ ۖ إِنَّ خَيْرَ مَنِ ٱسْتَـْٔجَرْتَ ٱلْقَوِىُّ ٱلْأَمِينُ
وہ لڑکیاں اجنبی تھیں پھر یہ تعریف موسیٰ کی انہوں نے کیوں کی۔ اس کا جواب یہ ہے کہ بہت سے چرواہوں کو ہٹا کر چشمہ سے جانوروں کو پہلے پانی پلا دینا مضبوط لوگوں کا کام ہے۔ پھر پانی پلانے کے بعد ایک طرف سائے میں جا بیٹھنا اور لڑکیوں سے کسی شکریہ کی امیدنہ رکھنا ایک امانت دار آدمی کا کام ہے۔ یہ دونوں باتیں دیکھ کر لڑکی نے صحیح نتیجہ نکالا۔
1
وہ لڑکیاں اجنبی تھیں پھر یہ تعریف موسیٰ کی انہوں نے کیوں کی۔ اس کا جواب یہ ہے کہ بہت سے چرواہوں کو ہٹا کر چشمہ سے جانوروں کو پہلے پانی پلا دینا مضبوط لوگوں کا کام ہے۔ پھر پانی پلانے کے بعد ایک طرف سائے میں جا بیٹھنا اور لڑکیوں سے کسی شکریہ کی امیدنہ رکھنا ایک امانت دار آدمی کا کام ہے۔ یہ دونوں باتیں دیکھ کر لڑکی نے صحیح نتیجہ نکالا۔
قَالَ إِنِّىٓ أُرِيدُ أَنْ أُنكِحَكَ إِحْدَى ٱبْنَتَىَّ هَٰتَيْنِ عَلَىٰٓ أَن تَأْجُرَنِى ثَمَٰنِىَ حِجَجٍ ۖ فَإِنْ أَتْمَمْتَ عَشْرًا فَمِنْ عِندِكَ ۖ وَمَآ أُرِيدُ أَنْ أَشُقَّ عَلَيْكَ ۚ سَتَجِدُنِىٓ إِن شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ مِنَ ٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ
The construction of the verse does not seem to lend countenance to the conclusion generally considered derivable from it, viz. that Shu‘aib or Jethro agreed to marry one of his daughters to Moses in lieu of eight or ten years of service. The fact of the matter appears to be that Shu‘aib having grown very old needed an honest man to look after his flocks and Moses having been found by him to be possessed of the required qualifications was taken in service by him at the instance of one of his daughters. Eight or ten years were agreed upon as the tenure of service. Shu‘aib, however, being a godly person either himself realized, or was informed by God by revelation, that a great future lay before Moses. He, therefore, offered to marry one of his daughters to him and, desiring that his son-in-law should live with him for some time and benefit by his noble company, laid it down as one of the conditions of marriage that Moses should stay with him for eight or ten years. Thus it is not correct to say that Sh
Commentary:
The construction of the verse does not seem to lend countenance to the conclusion generally considered derivable from it, viz. that Shu‘aib or Jethro agreed to marry one of his daughters to Moses in lieu of eight or ten years of service. The fact of the matter appears to be that Shu‘aib having grown very old needed an honest man to look after his flocks and Moses having been found as possessing the required qualifications was taken in service by him at the instance of one of his daughters. Eight or ten years were agreed upon as the tenure of service. Shu‘aib, however, being a holy man either himself realized or was informed by God that a great future lay before Moses. He, therefore, offered to marry one of his daughters to him and, desiring that his son-in-law should live with him for some time and benefit by his noble company, laid it down as one of the conditions of marriage that Moses should stay with him for eight or ten years. Thus it is not correct to say that Shu‘aib offered to marry his daughter to Moses in lieu of the latter serving him for eight or ten years. Whatever remuneration Moses might have received from Shu‘aib had nothing to do with the marriage proposal.
The flight of Moses from Egypt and his stay in Midian for ten years bears a striking resemblance to the residence of the Holy Prophet for ten years in Medina after his Hijrah from Mecca. Moses must have, in a large measure, benefited himself spiritually by his God-fearing and righteous father-in-law’s company just as his upbringing in the house of Pharaoh had equipped him with temporal knowledge. But the noble Prophet of Islam was indebted to no human being for the great treasures of spiritual and temporal knowledge possessed by him. He had received them direct from God.
The expression من عندک means, 'It would be an additional favour from you.'
2894A
Commentary:
The construction of the verse does not seem to lend countenance to the conclusion generally considered derivable from it, viz. that Shu‘aib or Jethro agreed to marry one of his daughters to Moses in lieu of eight or ten years of service. The fact of the matter appears to be that Shu‘aib having grown very old needed an honest man to look after his flocks and Moses having been found as possessing the required qualifications was taken in service by him at the instance of one of his daughters. Eight or ten years were agreed upon as the tenure of service. Shu‘aib, however, being a holy man either himself realized or was informed by God that a great future lay before Moses. He, therefore, offered to marry one of his daughters to him and, desiring that his son-in-law should live with him for some time and benefit by his noble company, laid it down as one of the conditions of marriage that Moses should stay with him for eight or ten years. Thus it is not correct to say that Shu‘aib offered to marry his daughter to Moses in lieu of the latter serving him for eight or ten years. Whatever remuneration Moses might have received from Shu‘aib had nothing to do with the marriage proposal.
The flight of Moses from Egypt and his stay in Midian for ten years bears a striking resemblance to the residence of the Holy Prophet for ten years in Medina after his Hijrah from Mecca. Moses must have, in a large measure, benefited himself spiritually by his God-fearing and righteous father-in-law’s company just as his upbringing in the house of Pharaoh had equipped him with temporal knowledge. But the noble Prophet of Islam was indebted to no human being for the great treasures of spiritual and temporal knowledge possessed by him. He had received them direct from God.
The expression من عندک means, 'It would be an additional favour from you.'
2211
The construction of the verse does not seem to lend countenance to the conclusion generally considered derivable from it, viz. that Shu‘aib or Jethro agreed to marry one of his daughters to Moses in lieu of eight or ten years of service. The fact of the matter appears to be that Shu‘aib having grown very old needed an honest man to look after his flocks and Moses having been found by him to be possessed of the required qualifications was taken in service by him at the instance of one of his daughters. Eight or ten years were agreed upon as the tenure of service. Shu‘aib, however, being a godly person either himself realized, or was informed by God by revelation, that a great future lay before Moses. He, therefore, offered to marry one of his daughters to him and, desiring that his son-in-law should live with him for some time and benefit by his noble company, laid it down as one of the conditions of marriage that Moses should stay with him for eight or ten years. Thus it is not correct to say that Sh
قَالَ ذَٰلِكَ بَيْنِى وَبَيْنَكَ ۖ أَيَّمَا ٱلْأَجَلَيْنِ قَضَيْتُ فَلَا عُدْوَٰنَ عَلَىَّ ۖ وَٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ مَا نَقُولُ وَكِيلٌ
۞ فَلَمَّا قَضَىٰ مُوسَى ٱلْأَجَلَ وَسَارَ بِأَهْلِهِۦٓ ءَانَسَ مِن جَانِبِ ٱلطُّورِ نَارًا قَالَ لِأَهْلِهِ ٱمْكُثُوٓا۟ إِنِّىٓ ءَانَسْتُ نَارًا لَّعَلِّىٓ ءَاتِيكُم مِّنْهَا بِخَبَرٍ أَوْ جَذْوَةٍ مِّنَ ٱلنَّارِ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَصْطَلُونَ
20:11; 27:8.
دیکھئے نوٹ سورۂ نمل آیت۸۔
20:11; 27:8.
Seclusion and solitude are very essential for meditation and communion with the Divine Being. Moses sought separation from his family, in fact from all worldly contacts and connections, in order that he might be blessed with Divine communion.
20:11; 27:8.
Important Words:
جذوة (burning brand) is derived from جذا. They say جذا علی الشیء i.e. he stood firmly upon a thing. جذوة means, a brand or firebrand; a thick piece of firewood not flaming; a piece of fire; a live coal. They say فلان جذوة شر i.e. such a one is a kindler or a piece of mischief (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
Seclusion and solitude are very essential for meditation and communion with the Divine Being. Moses sought separation from his family, in fact from all worldly contacts and connections, in order that he might be blessed with communion with God.
a
20:11; 27:8.
2
دیکھئے نوٹ سورۂ نمل آیت۸۔
a
20:11; 27:8.
2895
Important Words:
جذوة (burning brand) is derived from جذا. They say جذا علی الشیء i.e. he stood firmly upon a thing. جذوة means, a brand or firebrand; a thick piece of firewood not flaming; a piece of fire; a live coal. They say فلان جذوة شر i.e. such a one is a kindler or a piece of mischief (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
Seclusion and solitude are very essential for meditation and communion with the Divine Being. Moses sought separation from his family, in fact from all worldly contacts and connections, in order that he might be blessed with communion with God.
a
20:11; 27:8.
2212
Seclusion and solitude are very essential for meditation and communion with the Divine Being. Moses sought separation from his family, in fact from all worldly contacts and connections, in order that he might be blessed with Divine communion.
فَلَمَّآ أَتَىٰهَا نُودِىَ مِن شَٰطِئِ ٱلْوَادِ ٱلْأَيْمَنِ فِى ٱلْبُقْعَةِ ٱلْمُبَٰرَكَةِ مِنَ ٱلشَّجَرَةِ أَن يَٰمُوسَىٰٓ إِنِّىٓ أَنَا ٱللَّهُ رَبُّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
19:53; 20:81; 79:17.
اَ یْمَنْ کے معنے بھی مبارک کے ہیں۔ مراد یہ ہے کہ وہ وادی بھی مبارک تھی اور درخت کے قریب کی زمین جہاں سے آواز آئی وہ بھی مبارک تھی کیونکہ اس جگہ خداتعالیٰ کی پیدا کردہ تجلی موسیٰ علیہ السلام نے دیکھی۔
19:53; 20:81; 79:17.
Whereas Moses was only on the side of the blessed spiritual valley, the Holy Prophet Muhammad had actually entered it (53:14, 15). Moses could not attain that high stage of nearness to God which was reserved for the Holy Prophet.
19:53; 20:81; 79:17.
Important Words:
شاطئی (side) is derived from شطا which means, he walked on the bank or side of the river. شطا الام بالولد means, the mother threw or cast away the child. الشاطئی من النھر means, the side or bank of the stream (Aqrab).
بقعة (plot) is infinitive-noun from بقع (baqi‘a) which means, it (a bird or dog) was black and white; it was partly coloured and pied. بقعة means, a piece, part, portion or plot of land differing in appearance or colour or external state from that which adjoins it. The Arabs say ھو حسن البقعة عند الامیر i.e. he has a good station with the prince (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
Whereas Moses was only on the side of the blessed spiritual valley, the Holy Prophet Muhammad had actually entered it (53:14, 15).
Moses could not attain that high stage of nearness to God, which was reserved for the Holy Prophet.
a
19:53; 20:81; 79:17.
1
اَ یْمَنْ کے معنے بھی مبارک کے ہیں۔ مراد یہ ہے کہ وہ وادی بھی مبارک تھی اور درخت کے قریب کی زمین جہاں سے آواز آئی وہ بھی مبارک تھی کیونکہ اس جگہ خداتعالیٰ کی پیدا کردہ تجلی موسیٰ علیہ السلام نے دیکھی۔
a
19:53; 20:81; 79:17.
2896
Important Words:
شاطئی (side) is derived from شطا which means, he walked on the bank or side of the river. شطا الام بالولد means, the mother threw or cast away the child. الشاطئی من النھر means, the side or bank of the stream (Aqrab).
بقعة (plot) is infinitive-noun from بقع (baqi‘a) which means, it (a bird or dog) was black and white; it was partly coloured and pied. بقعة means, a piece, part, portion or plot of land differing in appearance or colour or external state from that which adjoins it. The Arabs say ھو حسن البقعة عند الامیر i.e. he has a good station with the prince (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
Whereas Moses was only on the side of the blessed spiritual valley, the Holy Prophet Muhammad had actually entered it (53:14, 15).
Moses could not attain that high stage of nearness to God, which was reserved for the Holy Prophet.
b
19:53; 20:81; 79:17.
2213
Whereas Moses was only on the side of the blessed spiritual valley, the Holy Prophet Muhammad had actually entered it (53:14, 15). Moses could not attain that high stage of nearness to God which was reserved for the Holy Prophet.
وَأَنْ أَلْقِ عَصَاكَ ۖ فَلَمَّا رَءَاهَا تَهْتَزُّ كَأَنَّهَا جَآنٌّ وَلَّىٰ مُدْبِرًا وَلَمْ يُعَقِّبْ ۚ يَٰمُوسَىٰٓ أَقْبِلْ وَلَا تَخَفْ ۖ إِنَّكَ مِنَ ٱلْءَامِنِينَ
7:118; 20:20; 26:46.
دیکھئے نوٹ سورۂ نمل آیت۱۱
7:118; 20:20; 26:46.
*
In the original translation of the Short Commentary a part of the verse i.e. وَاَنْ is left out. In the Five Volume Commentary the verse is translated fully. After the insertions of the translation of the relevant phrase in the present translation, the first clause of the verse will read as: “And it also said, ‘Throw down thy rod’.” (Publisher)
7:118; 20:20; 26:46.
Commentary:
For an exhaustive treatment of the miracles of the rod and white hand see 7:108,109 & 20:19-24.
b
7:118; 20:20; 26:46.
2
دیکھئے نوٹ سورۂ نمل آیت۱۱
b
7:118; 20:20; 26:46.
2897
Commentary:
For an exhaustive treatment of the miracles of the rod and white hand see 7:108,109 & 20:19-24.
c
7:118; 20:20; 26:46.
*
In the original translation of the Short Commentary a part of the verse i.e. وَاَنْ is left out. In the Five Volume Commentary the verse is translated fully. After the insertions of the translation of the relevant phrase in the present translation, the first clause of the verse will read as: “And it also said, ‘Throw down thy rod’.” (Publisher)
ٱسْلُكْ يَدَكَ فِى جَيْبِكَ تَخْرُجْ بَيْضَآءَ مِنْ غَيْرِ سُوٓءٍ وَٱضْمُمْ إِلَيْكَ جَنَاحَكَ مِنَ ٱلرَّهْبِ ۖ فَذَٰنِكَ بُرْهَٰنَانِ مِن رَّبِّكَ إِلَىٰ فِرْعَوْنَ وَمَلَإِي۟هِۦٓ ۚ إِنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ قَوْمًا فَٰسِقِينَ
7:109; 20:23; 27:13.
7:109; 20:23; 27:13.
7:109; 20:23; 27:13.
Important Words:
ذانک (those two) is the dual of ذاک which is formed from ذا which is a noun of indication (properly meaning this, but sometimes, when repeated, better rendered that), relating to an object of masc. gender, such as is near: or it relates to what is distant (according to some, and therefore should always be rendered that). ذاک relates to an object which is distant or to that which occupies a middle place between the near and the distant. They say جاءنی ذانک الرجلان i.e. those two persons came to me (Lane & Aqrab).
c
7:109; 20:23; 27:13.
c
7:109; 20:23; 27:13.
2898
Important Words:
ذانک (those two) is the dual of ذاک which is formed from ذا which is a noun of indication (properly meaning this, but sometimes, when repeated, better rendered that), relating to an object of masc. gender, such as is near: or it relates to what is distant (according to some, and therefore should always be rendered that). ذاک relates to an object which is distant or to that which occupies a middle place between the near and the distant. They say جاءنی ذانک الرجلان i.e. those two persons came to me (Lane & Aqrab).
a
7:109; 20:23; 27:13.
قَالَ رَبِّ إِنِّى قَتَلْتُ مِنْهُمْ نَفْسًا فَأَخَافُ أَن يَقْتُلُونِ
20:41; 26:15.
یعنی ڈر کی وجہ جان کا خوف نہیں‘ بلکہ پیغام نہ پہنچ سکنے کا خوف ہے۔
d
20:41; 26:15.
3
یعنی ڈر کی وجہ جان کا خوف نہیں‘ بلکہ پیغام نہ پہنچ سکنے کا خوف ہے۔
a
20:41; 26:15.
2899
Commentary:
In this verse Moses alludes only to the mere fact of a man having been accidentally killed by him and not that he pleads guilty to the charge of deliberately killing him.
b
20:41; 26:15.
2214
Moses alludes to the mere fact of a man having been accidentally killed by him and not that he pleads guilty to the charge of deliberately killing him.
وَأَخِى هَٰرُونُ هُوَ أَفْصَحُ مِنِّى لِسَانًا فَأَرْسِلْهُ مَعِىَ رِدْءًا يُصَدِّقُنِىٓ ۖ إِنِّىٓ أَخَافُ أَن يُكَذِّبُونِ
20:30-33; 26:14.
20:30-33; 26:14.
Rid’ means, a buttress or the like by means of which a wall is strengthened and supported; a thing by means of which one is helped, aided or assisted; an aider or helper. They say, Fulanun Rid’u Fulanin, i.e. such a one is an aider to such a one (Lane).
20:30-33; 26:14.
Important Words:
ردأ (helper) is infinitive noun from ردأ (rada’). They say ردأ الحائط i.e. he supported or propped the wall by means of a piece of timber or wood or buttress to prevent it from falling. ردأ means, he helped, aided or assisted him. ردء means, a buttress or the like by means of which a wall is strengthened and supported; a thing by means of which one is helped, aided or assisted; a helper or aider. They say فلان ردء فلان i.e. such a one is an aider to such a one (Lane & Aqrab).
e
20:30-33; 26:14.
b
20:30-33; 26:14.
2900
Important Words:
ردأ (helper) is infinitive noun from ردأ (rada’). They say ردأ الحائط i.e. he supported or propped the wall by means of a piece of timber or wood or buttress to prevent it from falling. ردأ means, he helped, aided or assisted him. ردء means, a buttress or the like by means of which a wall is strengthened and supported; a thing by means of which one is helped, aided or assisted; a helper or aider. They say فلان ردء فلان i.e. such a one is an aider to such a one (Lane & Aqrab).
c
20:30-33; 26:14.
2215
Rid’ means, a buttress or the like by means of which a wall is strengthened and supported; a thing by means of which one is helped, aided or assisted; an aider or helper. They say, Fulanun Rid’u Fulanin, i.e. such a one is an aider to such a one (Lane).
قَالَ سَنَشُدُّ عَضُدَكَ بِأَخِيكَ وَنَجْعَلُ لَكُمَا سُلْطَٰنًا فَلَا يَصِلُونَ إِلَيْكُمَا ۚ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَآ أَنتُمَا وَمَنِ ٱتَّبَعَكُمَا ٱلْغَٰلِبُونَ
20:43.
19:54; 20:37.
Important Words:
عضدک (thy arm) is derived from عضد (adada). They say عضدہ i.e. he aided or assisted him. عضد الدابة means, he walked by the side of the beast. عضد means, the upper arm or upper half of the arm; the side of the arm-pit and the side of a road; an aider or assistant. They say ھم اعضادی i.e. they are my aiders (Lane & Aqrab).
a
20:43.
c
19:54; 20:37.
2901
Important Words:
عضدک (thy arm) is derived from عضد (adada). They say عضدہ i.e. he aided or assisted him. عضد الدابة means, he walked by the side of the beast. عضد means, the upper arm or upper half of the arm; the side of the arm-pit and the side of a road; an aider or assistant. They say ھم اعضادی i.e. they are my aiders (Lane & Aqrab).
d
20:43.
2216
‘Adud means, the upper arm or upper half of the arm; an aider or assistant (Lane).
فَلَمَّا جَآءَهُم مُّوسَىٰ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا بَيِّنَٰتٍ قَالُوا۟ مَا هَٰذَآ إِلَّا سِحْرٌ مُّفْتَرًى وَمَا سَمِعْنَا بِهَٰذَا فِىٓ ءَابَآئِنَا ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ
29:40.
29:40.
29:40.
b
29:40.
a
29:40.
a
29:40.
وَقَالَ مُوسَىٰ رَبِّىٓ أَعْلَمُ بِمَن جَآءَ بِٱلْهُدَىٰ مِنْ عِندِهِۦ وَمَن تَكُونُ لَهُۥ عَٰقِبَةُ ٱلدَّارِ ۖ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُفْلِحُ ٱلظَّٰلِمُونَ
Commentary:
The words, "the wrongdoers never prosper," lay down an immutable law of God and an infallible criterion to test the truth of a claimant to Divine revelation. The law is that a false claimant to Divine revelation or a false Prophet never succeeds in his mission. Sooner or later he must come to naught.
2902
Commentary:
The words, "the wrongdoers never prosper," lay down an immutable law of God and an infallible criterion to test the truth of a claimant to Divine revelation. The law is that a false claimant to Divine revelation or a false Prophet never succeeds in his mission. Sooner or later he must come to naught.
وَقَالَ فِرْعَوْنُ يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلْمَلَأُ مَا عَلِمْتُ لَكُم مِّنْ إِلَٰهٍ غَيْرِى فَأَوْقِدْ لِى يَٰهَٰمَٰنُ عَلَى ٱلطِّينِ فَٱجْعَل لِّى صَرْحًا لَّعَلِّىٓ أَطَّلِعُ إِلَىٰٓ إِلَٰهِ مُوسَىٰ وَإِنِّى لَأَظُنُّهُۥ مِنَ ٱلْكَٰذِبِينَ
اہل مصر کا عقیدہ تھا کہ آسمانی روحیں اونچے مقامات پر اُترتی ہیں۔ اس لئے وہ روحانی کسب کمال کے لئے اونچی عمارتیں بناتے تھے۔ اہرام مصر اسی عقیدہ کی یادگار ہیں۔
26:30.
40:37.
The verse is susceptible of two interpretations: (1) The Israelites were already working as labourers at the kilns. Pharaoh alludes to this ignoble condition of theirs and seems derisively to say to Haman, 'These people do not appear to have sufficient work to do. Having more than enough leisure they have begun to dream of Prophethood. They must be put to hard labour; then will they come to their senses and give up having false illusions about God and Prophethood.' (2) The Egyptians were well-versed in astronomy. They built high observatories for observing the movements of the stars. So Pharaoh jeeringly asked Haman to build for him a lofty observatory so that he might have a peep at the God of Moses.
26:30.
40:37.
Commentary:
The verse is susceptible of two interpretations: (1) The Israelites were already working as labourers at the kilns. Pharaoh alludes to this ignoble condition of theirs and seems derisively to say to Haman: "These people do not appear to have sufficient work to do. Having more than enough leisure they have begun to dream of prophethood. They must be put to hard labour; then will they come to their senses and give up having false illusions about God and prophethood." (2) The Egyptians were well-versed in astronomy. They built high observatories for observing the movements of the stars. So Pharaoh jeeringly asked Haman to build for him a lofty observatory so that he might have a peep at the God of Moses. The verse may also imply a reference to an ancient belief of the Egyptians that heavenly spirits descended upon lofty places and therefore in order to achieve spiritual perfection they constructed high buildings.
c
26:30.
d
40:37.
1
اہل مصر کا عقیدہ تھا کہ آسمانی روحیں اونچے مقامات پر اُترتی ہیں۔ اس لئے وہ روحانی کسب کمال کے لئے اونچی عمارتیں بناتے تھے۔ اہرام مصر اسی عقیدہ کی یادگار ہیں۔
b
26:30.
c
40:37.
2903
Commentary:
The verse is susceptible of two interpretations: (1) The Israelites were already working as labourers at the kilns. Pharaoh alludes to this ignoble condition of theirs and seems derisively to say to Haman: "These people do not appear to have sufficient work to do. Having more than enough leisure they have begun to dream of prophethood. They must be put to hard labour; then will they come to their senses and give up having false illusions about God and prophethood." (2) The Egyptians were well-versed in astronomy. They built high observatories for observing the movements of the stars. So Pharaoh jeeringly asked Haman to build for him a lofty observatory so that he might have a peep at the God of Moses. The verse may also imply a reference to an ancient belief of the Egyptians that heavenly spirits descended upon lofty places and therefore in order to achieve spiritual perfection they constructed high buildings.
b
26:30.
c
40:37.
2217
The verse is susceptible of two interpretations: (1) The Israelites were already working as labourers at the kilns. Pharaoh alludes to this ignoble condition of theirs and seems derisively to say to Haman, 'These people do not appear to have sufficient work to do. Having more than enough leisure they have begun to dream of Prophethood. They must be put to hard labour; then will they come to their senses and give up having false illusions about God and Prophethood.' (2) The Egyptians were well-versed in astronomy. They built high observatories for observing the movements of the stars. So Pharaoh jeeringly asked Haman to build for him a lofty observatory so that he might have a peep at the God of Moses.
وَٱسْتَكْبَرَ هُوَ وَجُنُودُهُۥ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ بِغَيْرِ ٱلْحَقِّ وَظَنُّوٓا۟ أَنَّهُمْ إِلَيْنَا لَا يُرْجَعُونَ
7:134.
7:134.
7:134.
e
7:134.
a
7:134.
d
7:134.
فَأَخَذْنَٰهُ وَجُنُودَهُۥ فَنَبَذْنَٰهُمْ فِى ٱلْيَمِّ ۖ فَٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَٰقِبَةُ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ
2:51; 7:137; 17:104; 20:79; 26:67; 79:26.
یَمّ کے معنے عام طور پر لوگ دریا کے کرتے ہیں۔ مگر تاریخوں سے پتہ لگتا ہے کہ موسیٰ علیہ السلام اور فرعون بحیرہ احمر جہاں وادیٔ سینا سے ملتا ہے وہاں سے گذرے تھے۔ پس ہم نے یَمّ کے معنے سمندر کے کیے ہیں اور لغت میں بھی اس کے معنے سمندر کے لکھے ہیں۔ (دیکھئے اقرب)
2:51; 7:137; 17:104; 20:79; 26:67; 79:26.
2:51; 7:137; 17:104; 20:79; 26:67; 79:26.
Commentary:
The use of the word یم (sea) in this verse and v. 8 above seems to suggest a curious coincidence. In order to save the child Moses from being killed by Pharaoh, Moses’ mother cast him into the یم from which he was later rescued. But Pharaoh and his mighty hosts while endeavouring to cross the یم in order to overtake the Israelites, were drowned. See also 20:79.
f
2:51; 7:137; 17:104; 20:79; 26:67; 79:26.
2
یَمّ کے معنے عام طور پر لوگ دریا کے کرتے ہیں۔ مگر تاریخوں سے پتہ لگتا ہے کہ موسیٰ علیہ السلام اور فرعون بحیرہ احمر جہاں وادیٔ سینا سے ملتا ہے وہاں سے گذرے تھے۔ پس ہم نے یَمّ کے معنے سمندر کے کیے ہیں اور لغت میں بھی اس کے معنے سمندر کے لکھے ہیں۔ (دیکھئے اقرب)
b
2:51; 7:137; 17:104; 20:79; 26:67; 79:26.
2904
Commentary:
The use of the word یم (sea) in this verse and v. 8 above seems to suggest a curious coincidence. In order to save the child Moses from being killed by Pharaoh, Moses’ mother cast him into the یم from which he was later rescued. But Pharaoh and his mighty hosts while endeavouring to cross the یم in order to overtake the Israelites, were drowned. See also 20:79.
a
2:51; 7:137; 17:104; 20:79; 26:67; 79:26.
وَجَعَلْنَٰهُمْ أَئِمَّةً يَدْعُونَ إِلَى ٱلنَّارِ ۖ وَيَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ لَا يُنصَرُونَ
11:99.
11:99.
11:99.
a
11:99.
c
11:99.
b
11:99.
وَأَتْبَعْنَٰهُمْ فِى هَٰذِهِ ٱلدُّنْيَا لَعْنَةً ۖ وَيَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ هُم مِّنَ ٱلْمَقْبُوحِينَ
11:61, 100.
11:61,100.
Important Words:
مقبوحین (deprived of good) is the plural of مقبوح which is passive participle from قبح (qabaha). They say قبحه اللّٰه (qabbaha) i.e. God removed him or may God remove him far from good or prosperity or from all that is good, or God rendered him or may God render him foul, unseemly, unsightly, ugly or hideous or despised. مقبوح means, removed far from good or prosperity or from all that is good or from success or the attainment of that which he desires or seeks, or driven away like a dog or despised or rendered foul, unseemly, ugly or hideous. قبح (qabuha) which is intransitive form means, it was or became bad, abominable, ugly or hideous. قبیح which means, bad, ugly, abominable, etc. is formed from this verb (Lane & Aqrab).
b
11:61, 100.
d
11:61,100.
2905
Important Words:
مقبوحین (deprived of good) is the plural of مقبوح which is passive participle from قبح (qabaha). They say قبحه اللّٰه (qabbaha) i.e. God removed him or may God remove him far from good or prosperity or from all that is good, or God rendered him or may God render him foul, unseemly, unsightly, ugly or hideous or despised. مقبوح means, removed far from good or prosperity or from all that is good or from success or the attainment of that which he desires or seeks, or driven away like a dog or despised or rendered foul, unseemly, ugly or hideous. قبح (qabuha) which is intransitive form means, it was or became bad, abominable, ugly or hideous. قبیح which means, bad, ugly, abominable, etc. is formed from this verb (Lane & Aqrab).
c
11:61, 100.
2217A
Maqbuh means, removed from or deprived of good; driven from good like a dog; rendered abominable (Lane).
وَلَقَدْ ءَاتَيْنَا مُوسَى ٱلْكِتَٰبَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَآ أَهْلَكْنَا ٱلْقُرُونَ ٱلْأُولَىٰ بَصَآئِرَ لِلنَّاسِ وَهُدًى وَرَحْمَةً لَّعَلَّهُمْ يَتَذَكَّرُونَ
7:155; 46:13.
7:155; 46:13.
7:155; 46:13.
Important Words:
بصائر (source of enlightenment) is the plural of بصیرة which means, perceptive faculty of the mind, understanding; intelligence; firm belief of the heart; an evidence, testimony, proof or argument; a witness; a shield; the blood by which one is directed to an animal that has been shot (Lane & Aqrab). See also 7:204.
Commentary:
In this verse, the Book of Moses has been described as بصائر which in view of the various meanings of this word seemed to possess the following characteristics: (1) It was a potent means of sharpening the perceptive faculties of those who believed in it and followed it, as the Word of God is indeed a great sharpener of human intellect. (2) It constituted a strong evidence in favour of the Holy Prophet and a pointer, directing people to the Quran. It also served as an argument and a proof to prove the truth of Moses’ own claim. (3) It served as a shield which protected followers of Moses from the vicissitudes of time and heavenly chastisement. (4) It formed a mark or sign which pointed and led to God as the blood of a wounded animal points and leads to the place where it has fallen. This means that the Torah served as a guidance and showed the believers the way to God and led them right up to the threshold of His pleasure and nearness. In fact, all Divine Books possess these attributes and characteristics in a greater or lesser degree in keeping with their divine status and the scope and tenure of their message.
c
7:155; 46:13.
a
7:155; 46:13.
2906
Important Words:
بصائر (source of enlightenment) is the plural of بصیرة which means, perceptive faculty of the mind, understanding; intelligence; firm belief of the heart; an evidence, testimony, proof or argument; a witness; a shield; the blood by which one is directed to an animal that has been shot (Lane & Aqrab). See also 7:204.
Commentary:
In this verse, the Book of Moses has been described as بصائر which in view of the various meanings of this word seemed to possess the following characteristics: (1) It was a potent means of sharpening the perceptive faculties of those who believed in it and followed it, as the Word of God is indeed a great sharpener of human intellect. (2) It constituted a strong evidence in favour of the Holy Prophet and a pointer, directing people to the Quran. It also served as an argument and a proof to prove the truth of Moses’ own claim. (3) It served as a shield which protected followers of Moses from the vicissitudes of time and heavenly chastisement. (4) It formed a mark or sign which pointed and led to God as the blood of a wounded animal points and leads to the place where it has fallen. This means that the Torah served as a guidance and showed the believers the way to God and led them right up to the threshold of His pleasure and nearness. In fact, all Divine Books possess these attributes and characteristics in a greater or lesser degree in keeping with their divine status and the scope and tenure of their message.
d
7:155; 46:13.
وَمَا كُنتَ بِجَانِبِ ٱلْغَرْبِىِّ إِذْ قَضَيْنَآ إِلَىٰ مُوسَى ٱلْأَمْرَ وَمَا كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلشَّٰهِدِينَ
اس موقعہ پر وہ مشہور پیشگوئی موسیٰ علیہ السلام کو بتائی گئی تھی جس میں محمد رسول اللہ صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کا ذکر ہے۔ اسی کی طرف اشارہ ہے کہ تو اس وقت نہیں تھا تو پھر تو نے موسیٰ علیہ السلام سے پیشگوئی کس طرح کروائی؟
The verse purports to say that the prophecy of Moses about the advent of the Holy Prophet (Deut. 18: 18) has been fulfilled so clearly and in such detail as if he was present in person with Moses when the latter was making the prophecy.
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that the prophecy of Moses about the advent of the Holy Prophet (Deut. 18:18) has been fulfilled so clearly and in such detail as if he was present in person with Moses and the latter was actually seeing him when he was making the prophecy. The verse possesses a double significance. It proves the truth of Moses himself, inasmuch as he made a prophecy about the advent of the Holy Prophet which was literally fulfilled, and it proves also the truth of the Holy Prophet, as the prophecy made by Moses about the advent of "a Prophet like unto him from among the brethren of the Israelites" was fulfilled in his person in letter and in spirit.
1
اس موقعہ پر وہ مشہور پیشگوئی موسیٰ علیہ السلام کو بتائی گئی تھی جس میں محمد رسول اللہ صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کا ذکر ہے۔ اسی کی طرف اشارہ ہے کہ تو اس وقت نہیں تھا تو پھر تو نے موسیٰ علیہ السلام سے پیشگوئی کس طرح کروائی؟
2907
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that the prophecy of Moses about the advent of the Holy Prophet (Deut. 18:18) has been fulfilled so clearly and in such detail as if he was present in person with Moses and the latter was actually seeing him when he was making the prophecy. The verse possesses a double significance. It proves the truth of Moses himself, inasmuch as he made a prophecy about the advent of the Holy Prophet which was literally fulfilled, and it proves also the truth of the Holy Prophet, as the prophecy made by Moses about the advent of "a Prophet like unto him from among the brethren of the Israelites" was fulfilled in his person in letter and in spirit.
2218
The verse purports to say that the prophecy of Moses about the advent of the Holy Prophet (Deut. 18: 18) has been fulfilled so clearly and in such detail as if he was present in person with Moses when the latter was making the prophecy.
وَلَٰكِنَّآ أَنشَأْنَا قُرُونًا فَتَطَاوَلَ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْعُمُرُ ۚ وَمَا كُنتَ ثَاوِيًا فِىٓ أَهْلِ مَدْيَنَ تَتْلُوا۟ عَلَيْهِمْ ءَايَٰتِنَا وَلَٰكِنَّا كُنَّا مُرْسِلِينَ
یعنی موسٰیؑ کی پیشگوئیوں کے باوجود یہودیوں کا انکار اس وجہ سے ہے کہ ان کی عمر لمبی ہو گئی۔ یعنی حضرت موسیٰ علیہ السلام کے بعد بڑی لمبی مدت گزر گئی ہے اور یہ لوگ ان پیشگوئیوں کو بھول گئے ہیں۔
مدین کی طرف دوبارہ جاتے ہوئے موسیٰ علیہ السلام نے محمد رسول اللہ صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کی پیشگوئی کی تھی اس لئے دوبارہ مدین کا ذکر بھی کیا گیا ہے۔
یعنی موسٰیؑ کی کتاب میں تیری پیشگوئیاں ہیں جو اس وجہ سے کہ تو موسٰیؑ کے بہت بعد پیدا ہوا ہے ایک بیّن ثبوت ہے کہ وہ خدا کی طرف سے ہیں تیرے کہنے پر موسٰیؑ نے ایسی پیشگوئیاں نہیں کیں اور نہ جب موسٰیؑ مدین گیا تو ُتو اس وقت اس کے پاس تھا۔ پس اب جو تجھے نبوت ملی ہے کسی سمجھوتہ کی وجہ سے نہیں ملی بلکہ خدا کی طرف سے ملی ہے اور خدا ہی رسول بھیجا کرتا ہے۔
Ages passed and a long line of Prophets appeared after Moses and they preached their Messages, yet none of these Prophets ever claimed to be 'the Prophet like unto Moses' about whom Moses had made the prophecy mentioned in Deut. 18: 18, till the Qur’an was revealed and it claimed that the grand prophecy of Moses had been fulfilled in the person of the Holy Prophet of Islam (73:16). So the prophecy evidently was from God and could not have been put into his mouth by the Holy Prophet who came centuries after him. The people of Moses had almost forgotten this and other prophecies concerning the Holy Prophet on account of the lapse of time.
These words refer to a striking resemblance of the Holy Prophet with Moses. Like Moses who lived in Midian for ten years among a strange people and then went back to Egypt to reclaim his oppressed people from the bondage of Pharaoh, the Holy Prophet lived in Medina for ten years and then came to Mecca to conquer it.
Commentary:
This verse alludes to two more significant facts: (1) Ages passed and a long line of Prophets appeared after Moses and they preached their messages, yet none of these Prophets ever claimed to be "that Prophet" about whom Moses had made the prophecy mentioned in Deut. 18:18, till the Quran was revealed and it claimed that the grand prophecy of Moses had been fulfilled in the person of the Holy Prophet of Islam (73:16). (2) The words "And thou wast not a dweller among the people of Midian, rehearsing Our signs unto them" refer to a striking resemblance of the Holy Prophet with Moses. According to the prophecy (Deut. 18:18) the Promised Prophet was to be like unto Moses, and what greater similarity there could be between these two noble Prophets than that Moses had to flee for life from Egypt, where he was born and brought up, to Midian where for ten long years he lived among a strange people, and then went back to Egypt, armed with Divine authority to free and reclaim his depressed people, from the bondage of Pharaoh. Likewise the Prophet of Islam had to leave Mecca where he was born and brought up and then for ten years he lived in Medina among a people who were not of his kith and kin, and again in pursuance of Divine command marched forth to conquer Mecca at the head of an army of ten thousand saints to fulfil another prophecy of the Bible (Deut. 33:2).
2
یعنی موسٰیؑ کی پیشگوئیوں کے باوجود یہودیوں کا انکار اس وجہ سے ہے کہ ان کی عمر لمبی ہو گئی۔ یعنی حضرت موسیٰ علیہ السلام کے بعد بڑی لمبی مدت گزر گئی ہے اور یہ لوگ ان پیشگوئیوں کو بھول گئے ہیں۔
3
مدین کی طرف دوبارہ جاتے ہوئے موسیٰ علیہ السلام نے محمد رسول اللہ صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کی پیشگوئی کی تھی اس لئے دوبارہ مدین کا ذکر بھی کیا گیا ہے۔
4
یعنی موسٰیؑ کی کتاب میں تیری پیشگوئیاں ہیں جو اس وجہ سے کہ تو موسٰیؑ کے بہت بعد پیدا ہوا ہے ایک بیّن ثبوت ہے کہ وہ خدا کی طرف سے ہیں تیرے کہنے پر موسٰیؑ نے ایسی پیشگوئیاں نہیں کیں اور نہ جب موسٰیؑ مدین گیا تو ُتو اس وقت اس کے پاس تھا۔ پس اب جو تجھے نبوت ملی ہے کسی سمجھوتہ کی وجہ سے نہیں ملی بلکہ خدا کی طرف سے ملی ہے اور خدا ہی رسول بھیجا کرتا ہے۔
2908
Commentary:
This verse alludes to two more significant facts: (1) Ages passed and a long line of Prophets appeared after Moses and they preached their messages, yet none of these Prophets ever claimed to be "that Prophet" about whom Moses had made the prophecy mentioned in Deut. 18:18, till the Quran was revealed and it claimed that the grand prophecy of Moses had been fulfilled in the person of the Holy Prophet of Islam (73:16). (2) The words "And thou wast not a dweller among the people of Midian, rehearsing Our signs unto them" refer to a striking resemblance of the Holy Prophet with Moses. According to the prophecy (Deut. 18:18) the Promised Prophet was to be like unto Moses, and what greater similarity there could be between these two noble Prophets than that Moses had to flee for life from Egypt, where he was born and brought up, to Midian where for ten long years he lived among a strange people, and then went back to Egypt, armed with Divine authority to free and reclaim his depressed people, from the bondage of Pharaoh. Likewise the Prophet of Islam had to leave Mecca where he was born and brought up and then for ten years he lived in Medina among a people who were not of his kith and kin, and again in pursuance of Divine command marched forth to conquer Mecca at the head of an army of ten thousand saints to fulfil another prophecy of the Bible (Deut. 33:2).
2219
Ages passed and a long line of Prophets appeared after Moses and they preached their Messages, yet none of these Prophets ever claimed to be 'the Prophet like unto Moses' about whom Moses had made the prophecy mentioned in Deut. 18: 18, till the Qur’an was revealed and it claimed that the grand prophecy of Moses had been fulfilled in the person of the Holy Prophet of Islam (73:16). So the prophecy evidently was from God and could not have been put into his mouth by the Holy Prophet who came centuries after him. The people of Moses had almost forgotten this and other prophecies concerning the Holy Prophet on account of the lapse of time.
2219A
These words refer to a striking resemblance of the Holy Prophet with Moses. Like Moses who lived in Midian for ten years among a strange people and then went back to Egypt to reclaim his oppressed people from the bondage of Pharaoh, the Holy Prophet lived in Medina for ten years and then came to Mecca to conquer it.
وَمَا كُنتَ بِجَانِبِ ٱلطُّورِ إِذْ نَادَيْنَا وَلَٰكِن رَّحْمَةً مِّن رَّبِّكَ لِتُنذِرَ قَوْمًا مَّآ أَتَىٰهُم مِّن نَّذِيرٍ مِّن قَبْلِكَ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَتَذَكَّرُونَ
یعنی کفار مکہ کہ گو ابراہیمؑ کی نسل سے تھے مگر ابراہیمؑ ان سے صدیوں پہلے گذرے تھے۔ پس ضروری تھا کہ کوئی نیا نبی آکر ان کو خدا کی طرف توجہ دلائے۔
20:12, 13; 79:17.
32:4; 36:7.
The verse implies that it was not possible for the Holy Prophet first to have caused Moses to make a prophecy concerning him (Deut. 18: 18) and then to have claimed to have come in fulfilment of that prophecy.
20:12-13; 79:17.
32:4; 36:7.
Commentary:
The present verse continues the theme of the preceding two verses and purports to say that God spoke to Moses at the side of Mount Sinai, giving him the glad tidings that a Prophet like unto him would appear among the brethren of the Israelites (Deut. 18:18). It further implies that it was not possible for the Holy Prophet first to have caused Moses to make a prophecy concerning him and then to have claimed to have come in fulfilment of that prophecy. The verse emphasizes the fact that one Prophet (Moses) made a prophecy concerning another Prophet (the Holy Prophet) about two thousand years ago in a place far away from the scene of the activities of the latter, and that that prophecy was literally fulfilled in him. It proves beyond the shadow of a doubt that the maker of the prophecy, and he about whom the prophecy was made were both true Prophets of God.
d
20:12, 13; 79:17.
e
32:4; 36:7.
1
یعنی کفار مکہ کہ گو ابراہیمؑ کی نسل سے تھے مگر ابراہیمؑ ان سے صدیوں پہلے گذرے تھے۔ پس ضروری تھا کہ کوئی نیا نبی آکر ان کو خدا کی طرف توجہ دلائے۔
a
20:12-13; 79:17.
b
32:4; 36:7.
2909
Commentary:
The present verse continues the theme of the preceding two verses and purports to say that God spoke to Moses at the side of Mount Sinai, giving him the glad tidings that a Prophet like unto him would appear among the brethren of the Israelites (Deut. 18:18). It further implies that it was not possible for the Holy Prophet first to have caused Moses to make a prophecy concerning him and then to have claimed to have come in fulfilment of that prophecy. The verse emphasizes the fact that one Prophet (Moses) made a prophecy concerning another Prophet (the Holy Prophet) about two thousand years ago in a place far away from the scene of the activities of the latter, and that that prophecy was literally fulfilled in him. It proves beyond the shadow of a doubt that the maker of the prophecy, and he about whom the prophecy was made were both true Prophets of God.
a
20:12, 13; 79:17.
b
32:4; 36:7.
2220
The verse implies that it was not possible for the Holy Prophet first to have caused Moses to make a prophecy concerning him (Deut. 18: 18) and then to have claimed to have come in fulfilment of that prophecy.
وَلَوْلَآ أَن تُصِيبَهُم مُّصِيبَةٌۢ بِمَا قَدَّمَتْ أَيْدِيهِمْ فَيَقُولُوا۟ رَبَّنَا لَوْلَآ أَرْسَلْتَ إِلَيْنَا رَسُولًا فَنَتَّبِعَ ءَايَٰتِكَ وَنَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ
20:135.
20:135.
20:135.
Commentary:
The sense implied in the verse is that by their iniquities and transgressions the disbelievers render themselves deserving of God’s punishment but as it is inconsistent with His justice and mercy to punish them without first giving them an opportunity to reform themselves, so He raises a Prophet among them so that when punishment should overtake them they might not say that they were not given an opportunity to reform themselves by following the Divine Prophet if one had appeared among them.
f
20:135.
c
20:135.
2910
Commentary:
The sense implied in the verse is that by their iniquities and transgressions the disbelievers render themselves deserving of God’s punishment but as it is inconsistent with His justice and mercy to punish them without first giving them an opportunity to reform themselves, so He raises a Prophet among them so that when punishment should overtake them they might not say that they were not given an opportunity to reform themselves by following the Divine Prophet if one had appeared among them.
a
20:135.
فَلَمَّا جَآءَهُمُ ٱلْحَقُّ مِنْ عِندِنَا قَالُوا۟ لَوْلَآ أُوتِىَ مِثْلَ مَآ أُوتِىَ مُوسَىٰٓ ۚ أَوَلَمْ يَكْفُرُوا۟ بِمَآ أُوتِىَ مُوسَىٰ مِن قَبْلُ ۖ قَالُوا۟ سِحْرَانِ تَظَٰهَرَا وَقَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّا بِكُلٍّ كَٰفِرُونَ
6:125.
6:125.
6:125.
Commentary:
It is customary with disbelievers in the time of every Prophet that they demand from him signs and miracles which had been shown by a previous Prophet, while the disbelievers of that very Prophet had also rejected him in spite of the fact that he had shown the same miracles which disbelievers in the time of the later Prophet demanded. The verse exposes the absurdity of this worn out demand of disbelievers and purports to say that they demand from the Holy Prophet the same teachings which were given to Moses while the spiritual needs and requirements of the Holy Prophet’s time are different from those of Moses and, therefore, their demand is foolish. Yet when they are told that prophecies which were made by Moses have been fulfilled in the person of the Holy Prophet and that the teachings of the Quran in many respects support and corroborate the teachings of Torah, they say that both the Quran and the Torah are two pieces of magic that support each other.
a
6:125.
a
6:125.
2911
Commentary:
It is customary with disbelievers in the time of every Prophet that they demand from him signs and miracles which had been shown by a previous Prophet, while the disbelievers of that very Prophet had also rejected him in spite of the fact that he had shown the same miracles which disbelievers in the time of the later Prophet demanded. The verse exposes the absurdity of this worn out demand of disbelievers and purports to say that they demand from the Holy Prophet the same teachings which were given to Moses while the spiritual needs and requirements of the Holy Prophet’s time are different from those of Moses and, therefore, their demand is foolish. Yet when they are told that prophecies which were made by Moses have been fulfilled in the person of the Holy Prophet and that the teachings of the Quran in many respects support and corroborate the teachings of Torah, they say that both the Quran and the Torah are two pieces of magic that support each other.
b
6:125.
قُلْ فَأْتُوا۟ بِكِتَٰبٍ مِّنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ هُوَ أَهْدَىٰ مِنْهُمَآ أَتَّبِعْهُ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ
这节经文提到, 在天经中 «古兰经» 和 «摩西五经» 都有很高的地位。«古兰经» 是最高的, 在所有安拉启示的经典中是最好的, 而 «摩西五经» 占第二位。
The verse alludes to the very high position which both the Qur’an and the Torah hold among heavenly Scriptures, the Qur’an being par excellence the best among the revealed Books and the Torah taking the second place.
Commentary:
The verse alludes to the very high position which both the Quran and the Torah hold among heavenly Scriptures, the Quran being par excellence the best among the revealed Books and the Torah standing only second to it. It further says to disbelievers that if the revelations of the Quran and the Torah do not satisfy them, then let them produce a Book which is better suited to be humanity’s guide and which has brought about greater transformation in the lives of men than these Books have done.
964
这节经文提到, 在天经中 «古兰经» 和 «摩西五经» 都有很高的地位。«古兰经» 是最高的, 在所有安拉启示的经典中是最好的, 而 «摩西五经» 占第二位。
2912
Commentary:
The verse alludes to the very high position which both the Quran and the Torah hold among heavenly Scriptures, the Quran being par excellence the best among the revealed Books and the Torah standing only second to it. It further says to disbelievers that if the revelations of the Quran and the Torah do not satisfy them, then let them produce a Book which is better suited to be humanity’s guide and which has brought about greater transformation in the lives of men than these Books have done.
2221
The verse alludes to the very high position which both the Qur’an and the Torah hold among heavenly Scriptures, the Qur’an being par excellence the best among the revealed Books and the Torah taking the second place.
فَإِن لَّمْ يَسْتَجِيبُوا۟ لَكَ فَٱعْلَمْ أَنَّمَا يَتَّبِعُونَ أَهْوَآءَهُمْ ۚ وَمَنْ أَضَلُّ مِمَّنِ ٱتَّبَعَ هَوَىٰهُ بِغَيْرِ هُدًى مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَهْدِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ
11:15.
11:15.
11:15.
b
11:15.
a
11:15.
c
11:15.
۞ وَلَقَدْ وَصَّلْنَا لَهُمُ ٱلْقَوْلَ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَتَذَكَّرُونَ
Important Words:
وصلنا (thoroughly conveyed) is transitive verb from وصل (wasala). They say وصل الی المکان i.e. he came, reached or attained the place. وصل الشیء بالشیء (wassala) means, he joined or connected one thing with the other وصله الیه او أوصله (wassala-hu) means, he conveyed it to him (Aqrab).
Commentary:
In view of the two significations of the word وصل given under "Important Words" the verse may have the following two interpretations: (1) We have joined one revelation with another, which means that God has been sending His Messengers and revelations one after the other. The Quran has also been revealed quite in harmony with this time-honoured Divine practice. It has come after the Torah which had made a prophecy about it (Deut. 18:18) and whose prophecies it has fulfilled and whose basic principles it supports. (2) The Word of God, i.e. the Quran, has been fully conveyed to the Meccans and thoroughly explained to them.
2913
Important Words:
وصلنا (thoroughly conveyed) is transitive verb from وصل (wasala). They say وصل الی المکان i.e. he came, reached or attained the place. وصل الشیء بالشیء (wassala) means, he joined or connected one thing with the other وصله الیه او أوصله (wassala-hu) means, he conveyed it to him (Aqrab).
Commentary:
In view of the two significations of the word وصل given under "Important Words" the verse may have the following two interpretations: (1) We have joined one revelation with another, which means that God has been sending His Messengers and revelations one after the other. The Quran has also been revealed quite in harmony with this time-honoured Divine practice. It has come after the Torah which had made a prophecy about it (Deut. 18:18) and whose prophecies it has fulfilled and whose basic principles it supports. (2) The Word of God, i.e. the Quran, has been fully conveyed to the Meccans and thoroughly explained to them.
ٱلَّذِينَ ءَاتَيْنَٰهُمُ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ مِن قَبْلِهِۦ هُم بِهِۦ يُؤْمِنُونَ
یعنی وہ لوگ جو اپنی کتاب کی پیشگوئیوں کی معرفت رکھتے اور انہیں سچا سمجھتے ہیں۔
Al-Kitab referring particularly to the Torah or to every revealed Book, the verse may either mean: (1) Those, who have been given a right understanding of the Book—the Torah, and ponder over it, are sure to believe in it—the Qur’an. Or (2) from among the followers of every revealed Book a large section will believe in the Qur’an and join the fold of Islam during the ages.
Commentary:
The word الکتاب referring to Torah or to every revealed Book, the verse may either mean, (1) that those who have been given a right understanding of the Book—the Torah, and ponder over it are sure to believe in it—the Quran; or (2) that from among the followers of every revealed Book,—the Jews, the Christians the Zoroastrians, the Hindus, etc., a large section will believe in the Quran and join the fold of Islam during the ages. In this sense the verse embodies a prophecy about the eventual triumph of Islam over all other Faiths.
1
یعنی وہ لوگ جو اپنی کتاب کی پیشگوئیوں کی معرفت رکھتے اور انہیں سچا سمجھتے ہیں۔
2914
Commentary:
The word الکتاب referring to Torah or to every revealed Book, the verse may either mean, (1) that those who have been given a right understanding of the Book—the Torah, and ponder over it are sure to believe in it—the Quran; or (2) that from among the followers of every revealed Book,—the Jews, the Christians the Zoroastrians, the Hindus, etc., a large section will believe in the Quran and join the fold of Islam during the ages. In this sense the verse embodies a prophecy about the eventual triumph of Islam over all other Faiths.
2222
Al-Kitab referring particularly to the Torah or to every revealed Book, the verse may either mean: (1) Those, who have been given a right understanding of the Book—the Torah, and ponder over it, are sure to believe in it—the Qur’an. Or (2) from among the followers of every revealed Book a large section will believe in the Qur’an and join the fold of Islam during the ages.
وَإِذَا يُتْلَىٰ عَلَيْهِمْ قَالُوٓا۟ ءَامَنَّا بِهِۦٓ إِنَّهُ ٱلْحَقُّ مِن رَّبِّنَآ إِنَّا كُنَّا مِن قَبْلِهِۦ مُسْلِمِينَ
13:37; 39:12-13; 72:21.
Commentary:
The verse means to say that when prophecies about the revelation of the Quran and the Holy Prophet are recited to them—"the People of the Book," the God-fearing among them believe in it—the Quran—saying that they had already expected such a revelation to come.
a
13:37; 39:12-13; 72:21.
2915
Commentary:
The verse means to say that when prophecies about the revelation of the Quran and the Holy Prophet are recited to them—"the People of the Book," the God-fearing among them believe in it—the Quran—saying that they had already expected such a revelation to come.
أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ يُؤْتَوْنَ أَجْرَهُم مَّرَّتَيْنِ بِمَا صَبَرُوا۟ وَيَدْرَءُونَ بِٱلْحَسَنَةِ ٱلسَّيِّئَةَ وَمِمَّا رَزَقْنَٰهُمْ يُنفِقُونَ
13:23; 23:97; 41:35.
23:5.
Such persons from among the 'People of the Book' as believe in the Qur’an will have double reward for the belief both in the Torah and the Qur’an and also for suffering patiently for the cause of Truth.
13:23; 23:97; 41:35.
Commentary:
The verse means to say that such persons from among the "People of the Book" as believe in the Quran will have double reward for the belief both in the Torah and the Quran and also for suffering patiently for the cause of truth and for their perseverance and steadfastness under trials and tribulations.
a
13:23; 23:97; 41:35.
b
23:5.
2
صَبَرُوْا یعنی وہ پہلی تعلیم یعنی تورات پر بھی قائم رہے اور قرآن مجید پر بھی ایمان لائے۔
3
یعنی اس دنیا میں بھی اور اگلے جہان میں بھی۔
b
13:23; 23:97; 41:35.
2916
Commentary:
The verse means to say that such persons from among the "People of the Book" as believe in the Quran will have double reward for the belief both in the Torah and the Quran and also for suffering patiently for the cause of truth and for their perseverance and steadfastness under trials and tribulations.
a
13:23; 23:97; 41:35.
b
23:5.
2223
Such persons from among the 'People of the Book' as believe in the Qur’an will have double reward for the belief both in the Torah and the Qur’an and also for suffering patiently for the cause of Truth.
وَإِذَا سَمِعُوا۟ ٱللَّغْوَ أَعْرَضُوا۟ عَنْهُ وَقَالُوا۟ لَنَآ أَعْمَٰلُنَا وَلَكُمْ أَعْمَٰلُكُمْ سَلَٰمٌ عَلَيْكُمْ لَا نَبْتَغِى ٱلْجَٰهِلِينَ
25:64, 73.
یعنی مشرکین وغیرہ سے جب خدائی باتوں کے متعلق ہنسی ٹھٹھے کی بات سنتے ہیں۔
25:64, 73.
c
25:64, 73.
4
یعنی مشرکین وغیرہ سے جب خدائی باتوں کے متعلق ہنسی ٹھٹھے کی بات سنتے ہیں۔
a
23:4; 25:73.
b
25:64.
a
25:64, 73.
إِنَّكَ لَا تَهْدِى مَنْ أَحْبَبْتَ وَلَٰكِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَهْدِى مَن يَشَآءُ ۚ وَهُوَ أَعْلَمُ بِٱلْمُهْتَدِينَ
12:104; 16:38.
یعنی ہدایت زبردستی نہیں ٹھونسی جاتی۔ جو ہدایت قبول کرتا ہے اسے ہی ہدایت ملتی ہے۔ اس لئے اللہ نے جو دلوں کی باتوں کو جانتا ہے۔ ہدایت کا دینا اپنے ہاتھ میں رکھا ہے۔
12:104; 16:38.
12:104; 16:38.
Commentary:
The verse shows how anxious the Holy Prophet was that all those to whom he addressed his message should have believed in him and thus should have saved themselves from the evil consequences of rejecting the Divine Message. See also 18:7.
d
12:104; 16:38.
5
یعنی ہدایت زبردستی نہیں ٹھونسی جاتی۔ جو ہدایت قبول کرتا ہے اسے ہی ہدایت ملتی ہے۔ اس لئے اللہ نے جو دلوں کی باتوں کو جانتا ہے۔ ہدایت کا دینا اپنے ہاتھ میں رکھا ہے۔
c
12:104; 16:38.
2917
Commentary:
The verse shows how anxious the Holy Prophet was that all those to whom he addressed his message should have believed in him and thus should have saved themselves from the evil consequences of rejecting the Divine Message. See also 18:7.
b
12:104; 16:38.
وَقَالُوٓا۟ إِن نَّتَّبِعِ ٱلْهُدَىٰ مَعَكَ نُتَخَطَّفْ مِنْ أَرْضِنَآ ۚ أَوَلَمْ نُمَكِّن لَّهُمْ حَرَمًا ءَامِنًا يُجْبَىٰٓ إِلَيْهِ ثَمَرَٰتُ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ رِّزْقًا مِّن لَّدُنَّا وَلَٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَهُمْ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ
2:127; 14:38.
یعنی لوگ ہم کو ہلاک کر دیں گے۔
2:127; 14:38.
The verse signifies that the fear is ill-founded that if the new Message were accepted, people will swoop down upon Mecca and deprive the Meccans of their possessions and freedom. It purports to say that from time immemorial Mecca (which is now going to be the Centre of the new Faith) has remained a safe sanctuary and those who ever sought to interfere with its sacred character themselves met with ruin and destruction.
2:127; 14:38.
Commentary:
The verse seeks to dispel the unfounded fears particularly of those Meccans who think that if they accepted the new message, more powerful people will swoop down upon them and deprive them of their possessions and freedom. It purports to say that from time immemorial Mecca (which is now going to be the centre of the new Faith) has remained a safe sanctuary and those whoever sought to interfere with its sacred character themselves met with ruin and destruction. When such is the case why should the Meccans be afraid that if they accepted the new Faith they will suffer economically or politically? The fact that Mecca has remained a safe sanctuary throughout the ages amidst all the great changes that have come over the face of the earth bears a standing testimony to the truth of the prophecy that God has made it a haven of safety.
e
2:127; 14:38.
1
یعنی لوگ ہم کو ہلاک کر دیں گے۔
d
2:127; 14:38.
2918
Commentary:
The verse seeks to dispel the unfounded fears particularly of those Meccans who think that if they accepted the new message, more powerful people will swoop down upon them and deprive them of their possessions and freedom. It purports to say that from time immemorial Mecca (which is now going to be the centre of the new Faith) has remained a safe sanctuary and those whoever sought to interfere with its sacred character themselves met with ruin and destruction. When such is the case why should the Meccans be afraid that if they accepted the new Faith they will suffer economically or politically? The fact that Mecca has remained a safe sanctuary throughout the ages amidst all the great changes that have come over the face of the earth bears a standing testimony to the truth of the prophecy that God has made it a haven of safety.
c
2:127; 14:38.
2224
The verse signifies that the fear is ill-founded that if the new Message were accepted, people will swoop down upon Mecca and deprive the Meccans of their possessions and freedom. It purports to say that from time immemorial Mecca (which is now going to be the Centre of the new Faith) has remained a safe sanctuary and those who ever sought to interfere with its sacred character themselves met with ruin and destruction.
وَكَمْ أَهْلَكْنَا مِن قَرْيَةٍۭ بَطِرَتْ مَعِيشَتَهَا ۖ فَتِلْكَ مَسَٰكِنُهُمْ لَمْ تُسْكَن مِّنۢ بَعْدِهِمْ إِلَّا قَلِيلًا ۖ وَكُنَّا نَحْنُ ٱلْوَٰرِثِينَ
7:5; 21:12; 22:46; 65:9.
یہاں قرآن مجید میں اِلَّا قَلِیْلًا کے لفظ ہیں مگر بتایا جا چکا ہے کہ لَا قَلِیْلًا وَّ لَا کَثِیْرًا کے معنے ہیں ’’بالکل نہیں۔‘‘
7:5; 21:12; 22:46; 65:9.
There had lived in the past peoples who were more powerful and wealthier and possessed superior civilizations than the people of whom the Meccans are afraid, and yet when they rejected the truth and behaved proudly they were so completely wiped out from the face of the earth as if they had never lived on it, and those who were considered weak were made to take their place.
7:5; 21:12; 22:46; 65:9.
15:24; 19:41.
Important Words:
بطرت (exulted) is feminine gender from بطر which means, he exulted; or exulted greatly or excessively and behaved insolently, or he exulted by reason of wealth and behaved with pride. بطرت عیشک means, thou exultest excessively and behavest insolently in thy manner of life. بطرت معیشتھا in reality is بطرت فی معیشتھا which means, it exulted in its manner or means of life. بطر النعمة means, he held the favour in light estimation and was ungrateful for it. بطر الحق means, he disdainfully rejected the truth (Lane & Aqrab). See also 8:48.
Commentary:
The verse means to say that the Meccans fear that if they accepted the new message, they will be deprived of their property and possessions by more wealthy and powerful peoples. But they seem to ignore the fact that there had lived in the past peoples who were more powerful and wealthier and possessed superior civilizations than the people of whom the Meccans are afraid and yet when those people rejected the truth and behaved proudly they were so completely wiped out from the face of the earth as if they had never lived on it, and those who were considered weak were made to take their place.
f
7:5; 21:12; 22:46; 65:9.
2
یہاں قرآن مجید میں اِلَّا قَلِیْلًا کے لفظ ہیں مگر بتایا جا چکا ہے کہ لَا قَلِیْلًا وَّ لَا کَثِیْرًا کے معنے ہیں ’’بالکل نہیں۔‘‘
a
7:5; 21:12; 22:46; 65:9.
b
15:24; 19:41.
2919
Important Words:
بطرت (exulted) is feminine gender from بطر which means, he exulted; or exulted greatly or excessively and behaved insolently, or he exulted by reason of wealth and behaved with pride. بطرت عیشک means, thou exultest excessively and behavest insolently in thy manner of life. بطرت معیشتھا in reality is بطرت فی معیشتھا which means, it exulted in its manner or means of life. بطر النعمة means, he held the favour in light estimation and was ungrateful for it. بطر الحق means, he disdainfully rejected the truth (Lane & Aqrab). See also 8:48.
Commentary:
The verse means to say that the Meccans fear that if they accepted the new message, they will be deprived of their property and possessions by more wealthy and powerful peoples. But they seem to ignore the fact that there had lived in the past peoples who were more powerful and wealthier and possessed superior civilizations than the people of whom the Meccans are afraid and yet when those people rejected the truth and behaved proudly they were so completely wiped out from the face of the earth as if they had never lived on it, and those who were considered weak were made to take their place.
d
7:5; 21:12; 22:46; 65:9.
2225
There had lived in the past peoples who were more powerful and wealthier and possessed superior civilizations than the people of whom the Meccans are afraid, and yet when they rejected the truth and behaved proudly they were so completely wiped out from the face of the earth as if they had never lived on it, and those who were considered weak were made to take their place.
وَمَا كَانَ رَبُّكَ مُهْلِكَ ٱلْقُرَىٰ حَتَّىٰ يَبْعَثَ فِىٓ أُمِّهَا رَسُولًا يَتْلُوا۟ عَلَيْهِمْ ءَايَٰتِنَا ۚ وَمَا كُنَّا مُهْلِكِى ٱلْقُرَىٰٓ إِلَّا وَأَهْلُهَا ظَٰلِمُونَ
اردو میں بستی کی جمع بستیاں بغیر خاص ضرورت کے نہیں آتی اور عربی میں بستیوں سے مراد ملک ہوتا ہے۔
6:132; 11:118; 20:135; 26:209.
The unusual frequency and universality of natural calamities in the form of famines, wars, earthquakes and epidemics during the last five or six decades call for the appearance of a Divine Reformer in the present time.
6:132; 11:118; 20:135; 26:209.
Commentary:
Two laws have been enunciated in this verse: (1) No people are punished until God has first raised among them a Messenger who warns them of the impending punishment and exhorts them to repent and give up their evil ways. (2) No people are punished unless they have given themselves up to sin and iniquity and have completely closed the doors of repentance upon themselves.
The unusual frequency and universality of natural calamities in the form of famines, wars, earthquakes and epidemics during the last five or six decades call for the appearance of a Divine Messenger in the present time. That Divine Messenger appeared in the fullness of time in the person of Ahmad, the Promised Messiah and Holy Founder of the Ahmadiyya Movement.
a
6:132; 11:118; 20:135; 26:209.
965
最近五六十年中, 饥馑、战争、地震和瘟疫等天然灾难异乎寻常地频繁和普遍发生, 正呼求着一个现代宗教复兴者的出现。
3
اردو میں بستی کی جمع بستیاں بغیر خاص ضرورت کے نہیں آتی اور عربی میں بستیوں سے مراد ملک ہوتا ہے۔
c
6:132; 11:118; 20:135; 26:209.
2920
Commentary:
Two laws have been enunciated in this verse: (1) No people are punished until God has first raised among them a Messenger who warns them of the impending punishment and exhorts them to repent and give up their evil ways. (2) No people are punished unless they have given themselves up to sin and iniquity and have completely closed the doors of repentance upon themselves.
The unusual frequency and universality of natural calamities in the form of famines, wars, earthquakes and epidemics during the last five or six decades call for the appearance of a Divine Messenger in the present time. That Divine Messenger appeared in the fullness of time in the person of Ahmad, the Promised Messiah and Holy Founder of the Ahmadiyya Movement.
a
6:132; 11:118; 20:135; 26:209.
2226
The unusual frequency and universality of natural calamities in the form of famines, wars, earthquakes and epidemics during the last five or six decades call for the appearance of a Divine Reformer in the present time.
وَمَآ أُوتِيتُم مِّن شَىْءٍ فَمَتَٰعُ ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا وَزِينَتُهَا ۚ وَمَا عِندَ ٱللَّهِ خَيْرٌ وَأَبْقَىٰٓ ۚ أَفَلَا تَعْقِلُونَ
3:15; 9:38; 10:71; 16:118; 40:40.
3:15; 9:38; 10:71; 16:118; 40:40.
3:15; 9:38; 10:71; 16:118; 40:40.
b
3:15; 9:38; 10:71; 16:118; 40:40.
a
3:15; 9:38; 10:71; 16:118; 40:40.
b
3:15; 9:38; 10:71; 16:118; 40:40.
أَفَمَن وَعَدْنَٰهُ وَعْدًا حَسَنًا فَهُوَ لَٰقِيهِ كَمَن مَّتَّعْنَٰهُ مَتَٰعَ ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا ثُمَّ هُوَ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ مِنَ ٱلْمُحْضَرِينَ
20:132; 26:206-208.
20:132; 26:206-208.
20:132; 26:206-208.
Commentary:
The present verse continues and further develops the theme of its predecessor. It purports to say, "let not those who are given only a temporary enjoyment of the good things of this life deceive themselves into the false notion that the good things will last forever. In their very nature they are temporary but the fact that those who have been provided with material amenities and comforts have defied and flouted God’s Message and rejected His Messenger has lessened their tenure all the more and in addition the disbelievers will be punished in this world and the next."
c
20:132; 26:206-208.
b
20:132; 26:206-208.
2921
Commentary:
The present verse continues and further develops the theme of its predecessor. It purports to say, "let not those who are given only a temporary enjoyment of the good things of this life deceive themselves into the false notion that the good things will last forever. In their very nature they are temporary but the fact that those who have been provided with material amenities and comforts have defied and flouted God’s Message and rejected His Messenger has lessened their tenure all the more and in addition the disbelievers will be punished in this world and the next."
c
20:132; 26:206-208.
وَيَوْمَ يُنَادِيهِمْ فَيَقُولُ أَيْنَ شُرَكَآءِىَ ٱلَّذِينَ كُنتُمْ تَزْعُمُونَ
28:75; 41:48.
28:75; 41:48.
28:75; 41:48.
d
28:75; 41:48.
c
28:75; 41:48.
a
28:75; 41:48.
قَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ حَقَّ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْقَوْلُ رَبَّنَا هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ ٱلَّذِينَ أَغْوَيْنَآ أَغْوَيْنَٰهُمْ كَمَا غَوَيْنَا ۖ تَبَرَّأْنَآ إِلَيْكَ ۖ مَا كَانُوٓا۟ إِيَّانَا يَعْبُدُونَ
یعنی یا تو وہ موت کے بعد دوزخ میں جا چکے ہوں گے یا اس دنیا میں ان پر عذاب نازل ہو چکا ہوگا۔
7:39, 40; 14:22; 33:68, 69; 34:32, 33; 40:48, 49.
10:29; 16:87.
7:39, 40; 14:22; 33:68-69; 34:32-33; 40:48-49.
10:29; 16:87.
Commentary:
The words, "those against whom the sentence will have become due," refer to the leaders of disbelief whom the misguided people blindly follow. Or the words may apply only to those associate-gods who themselves will be under Divine punishment and not to all those whom the idolaters worshipped because some of the righteous and God-fearing men have also been made the object of worship by their misguided followers.
The words, "it was not us they worshipped," mean that the leaders of disbelief would say that their so-called followers did not worship them but only their own ideas and fancies, i.e. it was because of their own false and foolish beliefs that they were led astray from the path of truth and righteousness.
e
7:39, 40; 14:22; 33:68, 69; 34:32, 33; 40:48, 49.
f
10:29; 16:87.
1
یعنی یا تو وہ موت کے بعد دوزخ میں جا چکے ہوں گے یا اس دنیا میں ان پر عذاب نازل ہو چکا ہوگا۔
a
7:39, 40; 14:22; 33:68-69; 34:32-33; 40:48-49.
b
10:29; 16:87.
2922
Commentary:
The words, "those against whom the sentence will have become due," refer to the leaders of disbelief whom the misguided people blindly follow. Or the words may apply only to those associate-gods who themselves will be under Divine punishment and not to all those whom the idolaters worshipped because some of the righteous and God-fearing men have also been made the object of worship by their misguided followers.
The words, "it was not us they worshipped," mean that the leaders of disbelief would say that their so-called followers did not worship them but only their own ideas and fancies, i.e. it was because of their own false and foolish beliefs that they were led astray from the path of truth and righteousness.
b
7:39, 40; 14:22; 33:68, 69; 34:32, 33; 40:48, 49.
c
10:29; 16:87.
وَقِيلَ ٱدْعُوا۟ شُرَكَآءَكُمْ فَدَعَوْهُمْ فَلَمْ يَسْتَجِيبُوا۟ لَهُمْ وَرَأَوُا۟ ٱلْعَذَابَ ۚ لَوْ أَنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ يَهْتَدُونَ
10:29, 30; 16:87.
10:29, 30; 16:87.
10:29-30; 16:87.
a
10:29, 30; 16:87.
c
10:29-30; 16:87.
d
10:29, 30; 16:87.
وَيَوْمَ يُنَادِيهِمْ فَيَقُولُ مَاذَآ أَجَبْتُمُ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ
5:110; 7:7.
5:110; 7:7.
5:110; 7:7.
b
5:110; 7:7.
d
5:110; 7:7.
e
5:110; 7:7.
فَعَمِيَتْ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْأَنۢبَآءُ يَوْمَئِذٍ فَهُمْ لَا يَتَسَآءَلُونَ
Anba’ (excuses) is the plural of Naba’ which means, important news; information; message; excuse (Lane & Kulliyyat). At the time of Reckoning, the disbelievers will be in utter confusion and despair, and will be completely at a loss to defend themselves. The untenability of all false pleas and excuses becoming manifest they will not be allowed to consult each other to prepare their defence.
‘Amiya ‘Alaihil-Amru means, the affair became obscure or confused to him (Lane).
Important Words:
عمیت (will become obscure) is formed from عمی which means, he was or became blind; he was or became spiritually blind; he failed to see a thing; he was or became stupid or ignorant. They say عمی علیه الامر i.e. the affair became obscure or confused to him. عمیت الاخبار عن فلان means, news or information became hidden to such a one (Aqrab & Lane).
انباء (excuses) is the plural of نبأ which means, important news; information; message; excuse (Lane, Aqrab & Kulliyyat). See also 6:6.
Commentary:
The verse means to say that at the time of reckoning the disbelievers will be in utter confusion and despair and will be completely at a loss how to defend themselves. The untenability of all false pleas and excuses will become manifest to them, and they will not be allowed to consult each other for the sake of preparing their defence.
2923
Important Words:
عمیت (will become obscure) is formed from عمی which means, he was or became blind; he was or became spiritually blind; he failed to see a thing; he was or became stupid or ignorant. They say عمی علیه الامر i.e. the affair became obscure or confused to him. عمیت الاخبار عن فلان means, news or information became hidden to such a one (Aqrab & Lane).
انباء (excuses) is the plural of نبأ which means, important news; information; message; excuse (Lane, Aqrab & Kulliyyat). See also 6:6.
Commentary:
The verse means to say that at the time of reckoning the disbelievers will be in utter confusion and despair and will be completely at a loss how to defend themselves. The untenability of all false pleas and excuses will become manifest to them, and they will not be allowed to consult each other for the sake of preparing their defence.
2227
Anba’ (excuses) is the plural of Naba’ which means, important news; information; message; excuse (Lane & Kulliyyat). At the time of Reckoning, the disbelievers will be in utter confusion and despair, and will be completely at a loss to defend themselves. The untenability of all false pleas and excuses becoming manifest they will not be allowed to consult each other to prepare their defence.
2228
‘Amiya ‘Alaihil-Amru means, the affair became obscure or confused to him (Lane).
فَأَمَّا مَن تَابَ وَءَامَنَ وَعَمِلَ صَٰلِحًا فَعَسَىٰٓ أَن يَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلْمُفْلِحِينَ
20:83; 25:72.
According to Islam the door of repentance always remains open. The sinner can repent even with the last breath of life. He is never beyond redemption except when by persistent rejection of Truth he himself deliberately chooses to shut the door of repentance upon him.
20:83; 25:72.
Important Words:
عسی (maybe) meaning, it may be that, maybe or perhaps, is a word which expresses eager desire or hope and fear, sometimes with reference to the person addressed and sometimes with reference to the speaker himself. It denotes hope in the case of that which is liked and fear in the case of that which is disliked. It also denotes opinion or doubt, and certainty. When used by persons of very high authority the object is to engender hope but not overconfidence in the person or persons with reference to whom it is used. In the opinion of most commentators of the Quran the words عسی and لعل when used with reference to God denote certainty because uncertainty and expectancy cannot be attributed to God. Imam Raghib, however, differs from this view and says that in the Quran these words are used to express hope only on the part of the person or persons with reference to whom they are used (Lane & Mufradat).
Commentary:
The verse shows that according to Islam the door of repentance always remains open. The sinner can repent even with the last breath of life. He is never beyond redemption except when by persistent rejection of truth he himself deliberately chooses to shut the door of repentance upon him.
c
20:83; 25:72.
966
根据伊斯兰教义, 悔罪之门是永远开着的。有罪的人即使在临终时也可悔罪。他总是可以挽救的, 除非他顽固地拒绝真理, 自己故意选择使悔罪之门向他关闭的道路。
a
20:83; 25:72.
2924
Important Words:
عسی (maybe) meaning, it may be that, maybe or perhaps, is a word which expresses eager desire or hope and fear, sometimes with reference to the person addressed and sometimes with reference to the speaker himself. It denotes hope in the case of that which is liked and fear in the case of that which is disliked. It also denotes opinion or doubt, and certainty. When used by persons of very high authority the object is to engender hope but not overconfidence in the person or persons with reference to whom it is used. In the opinion of most commentators of the Quran the words عسی and لعل when used with reference to God denote certainty because uncertainty and expectancy cannot be attributed to God. Imam Raghib, however, differs from this view and says that in the Quran these words are used to express hope only on the part of the person or persons with reference to whom they are used (Lane & Mufradat).
Commentary:
The verse shows that according to Islam the door of repentance always remains open. The sinner can repent even with the last breath of life. He is never beyond redemption except when by persistent rejection of truth he himself deliberately chooses to shut the door of repentance upon him.
a
20:83; 25:72.
2229
According to Islam the door of repentance always remains open. The sinner can repent even with the last breath of life. He is never beyond redemption except when by persistent rejection of Truth he himself deliberately chooses to shut the door of repentance upon him.
وَرَبُّكَ يَخْلُقُ مَا يَشَآءُ وَيَخْتَارُ ۗ مَا كَانَ لَهُمُ ٱلْخِيَرَةُ ۚ سُبْحَٰنَ ٱللَّهِ وَتَعَٰلَىٰ عَمَّا يُشْرِكُونَ
Commentary:
Whereas in the preceding several verses polytheism has been condemned and denounced, the present and the following few verses give the reasons for this denunciation and condemnation. The most effective argument against polytheism is that God is All-Knowing, All-Powerful and is the sole Creator of the whole universe. He depends on no one for help or advice in the control and direction of the affairs of the universe and His wisdom being infallible His choice in all things is unfettered.
The expression تعالی عما یشرکون may mean: (1) He is far above being associated with other persons and things as equal; (2) He is far above those persons or things which the idolaters associate with Him as His equal.
2925
Commentary:
Whereas in the preceding several verses polytheism has been condemned and denounced, the present and the following few verses give the reasons for this denunciation and condemnation. The most effective argument against polytheism is that God is All-Knowing, All-Powerful and is the sole Creator of the whole universe. He depends on no one for help or advice in the control and direction of the affairs of the universe and His wisdom being infallible His choice in all things is unfettered.
The expression تعالی عما یشرکون may mean: (1) He is far above being associated with other persons and things as equal; (2) He is far above those persons or things which the idolaters associate with Him as His equal.
وَرَبُّكَ يَعْلَمُ مَا تُكِنُّ صُدُورُهُمْ وَمَا يُعْلِنُونَ
2:78; 11:6; 16:24; 36:77.
2:78; 11:6; 16:24; 36:77.
2:78; 11:6; 16:24; 36:77.
d
2:78; 11:6; 16:24; 36:77.
a
2:78; 11:6; 16:24; 36:77.
b
2:78; 11:6; 16:24; 36:77.
وَهُوَ ٱللَّهُ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ۖ لَهُ ٱلْحَمْدُ فِى ٱلْأُولَىٰ وَٱلْءَاخِرَةِ ۖ وَلَهُ ٱلْحُكْمُ وَإِلَيْهِ تُرْجَعُونَ
Commentary:
The words, "To Him belongs all praise in the beginning and the Hereafter," signify that it is not possible to begin a work unless God provides the means for it and that no work can become complete unless He has provided the means for its completion, and that it can produce no result without His help. The expression الا ولٰی و آلاخرة may also signify respectively the Mosaic and Islamic Dispensations.
2926
Commentary:
The words, "To Him belongs all praise in the beginning and the Hereafter," signify that it is not possible to begin a work unless God provides the means for it and that no work can become complete unless He has provided the means for its completion, and that it can produce no result without His help. The expression الا ولٰی و آلاخرة may also signify respectively the Mosaic and Islamic Dispensations.
قُلْ أَرَءَيْتُمْ إِن جَعَلَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْكُمُ ٱلَّيْلَ سَرْمَدًا إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ مَنْ إِلَٰهٌ غَيْرُ ٱللَّهِ يَأْتِيكُم بِضِيَآءٍ ۖ أَفَلَا تَسْمَعُونَ
اَرَءَ یْتُمْ محاورہ ہے جس کے معنے ہیں مجھے خبر دو۔
1
اَرَءَ یْتُمْ محاورہ ہے جس کے معنے ہیں مجھے خبر دو۔
قُلْ أَرَءَيْتُمْ إِن جَعَلَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْكُمُ ٱلنَّهَارَ سَرْمَدًا إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ مَنْ إِلَٰهٌ غَيْرُ ٱللَّهِ يَأْتِيكُم بِلَيْلٍ تَسْكُنُونَ فِيهِ ۖ أَفَلَا تُبْصِرُونَ
Whereas both perpetual work and perpetual rest are injurious to man’s physical health, periodical rest in the form of night and periodical work in the shape of day are great boons of God. At night our jaded and tired limbs are rested and we are able with renewed vigour to do the next day’s work, and in the day we work and earn our livelihood. Thus their alternation constitutes a great Divine blessing.
Commentary:
While speaking of "the day" as in the present verse, the Quran uses the words "will you not then see" and when speaking of "the night" as in the preceding verse it uses the words, "will you not then hearken", the reason being that one cannot properly see at night.
2927
Commentary:
While speaking of "the day" as in the present verse, the Quran uses the words "will you not then see" and when speaking of "the night" as in the preceding verse it uses the words, "will you not then hearken", the reason being that one cannot properly see at night.
2230
Whereas both perpetual work and perpetual rest are injurious to man’s physical health, periodical rest in the form of night and periodical work in the shape of day are great boons of God. At night our jaded and tired limbs are rested and we are able with renewed vigour to do the next day’s work, and in the day we work and earn our livelihood. Thus their alternation constitutes a great Divine blessing.
وَمِن رَّحْمَتِهِۦ جَعَلَ لَكُمُ ٱلَّيْلَ وَٱلنَّهَارَ لِتَسْكُنُوا۟ فِيهِ وَلِتَبْتَغُوا۟ مِن فَضْلِهِۦ وَلَعَلَّكُمْ تَشْكُرُونَ
10:68; 17:13; 27:87; 30:24.
10:68; 17:13; 27:87; 30:24.
10:68; 17:13; 27:87; 30:24.
Commentary:
Whereas both perpetual work and perpetual rest are injurious for man’s physical health, periodical rest in the form of the night and periodical work in the shape of the day are great boons of God. At night our jaded and tired limbs are rested and we are able with renewed vigour to do the next day’s work and in the day we work and earn our livelihood. Thus their alternation constitutes a great Divine blessing.
'Day' may also be compared to the period of glory and prosperity in the life of a nation and 'night' to the time of its decline and decadence. 'Day' may also signify the time when Divine Reformer is present in the world and 'night' the time of spiritual darkness.
a
10:68; 17:13; 27:87; 30:24.
a
10:68; 17:13; 27:87; 30:24.
2928
Commentary:
Whereas both perpetual work and perpetual rest are injurious for man’s physical health, periodical rest in the form of the night and periodical work in the shape of the day are great boons of God. At night our jaded and tired limbs are rested and we are able with renewed vigour to do the next day’s work and in the day we work and earn our livelihood. Thus their alternation constitutes a great Divine blessing.
'Day' may also be compared to the period of glory and prosperity in the life of a nation and 'night' to the time of its decline and decadence. 'Day' may also signify the time when Divine Reformer is present in the world and 'night' the time of spiritual darkness.
a
10:68; 17:13; 27:87; 30:24.
وَيَوْمَ يُنَادِيهِمْ فَيَقُولُ أَيْنَ شُرَكَآءِىَ ٱلَّذِينَ كُنتُمْ تَزْعُمُونَ
16:28; 18:53; 28:63; 41:48.
16:28; 18:53; 28:63; 41:48.
16:28; 18:53; 28:63; 41:48.
Commentary:
After a brief mention about the powers and favours of God, made in the preceding few verses, the present verse reverts to the subject of the futility of idol worship and puts forth these Divine powers and favours as an argument in support of the Unity of God.
b
16:28; 18:53; 28:63; 41:48.
b
16:28; 18:53; 28:63; 41:48.
2929
Commentary:
After a brief mention about the powers and favours of God, made in the preceding few verses, the present verse reverts to the subject of the futility of idol worship and puts forth these Divine powers and favours as an argument in support of the Unity of God.
b
16:28; 18:53; 28:63; 41:48.
وَنَزَعْنَا مِن كُلِّ أُمَّةٍ شَهِيدًا فَقُلْنَا هَاتُوا۟ بُرْهَٰنَكُمْ فَعَلِمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱلْحَقَّ لِلَّهِ وَضَلَّ عَنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يَفْتَرُونَ
4:42; 16:85.
4:42; 16:85.
4:42; 16:85.
c
4:42; 16:85.
a
4:42; 16:85.
c
4:42; 16:85.
۞ إِنَّ قَٰرُونَ كَانَ مِن قَوْمِ مُوسَىٰ فَبَغَىٰ عَلَيْهِمْ ۖ وَءَاتَيْنَٰهُ مِنَ ٱلْكُنُوزِ مَآ إِنَّ مَفَاتِحَهُۥ لَتَنُوٓأُ بِٱلْعُصْبَةِ أُو۟لِى ٱلْقُوَّةِ إِذْ قَالَ لَهُۥ قَوْمُهُۥ لَا تَفْرَحْ ۖ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلْفَرِحِينَ
29:40; 40:25.
فَبَغٰی عَلَیْھِمْ ظالم بادشاہوں کا قاعدہ ہے کہ وہ چھوٹے عہدوں پر رعایا میں سے کچھ لوگ مقرر کرتے ہیں اور یہ لوگ اپنے ہم قوموں پر ظلم کرنے میں خود حاکموں سے بھی آگے نکلے ہوئے ہوتے ہیں۔ انگریز کے زمانہ میں دیکھ لو‘ انگریز سپرنٹنڈنٹ پولیس اور انگریز ڈپٹی کمشنر اتنا ظلم نہیں کرتا تھا جتنا کہ ایک ہندوستانی تھانے دار یا کانسٹیبل یا پٹواری یا تحصیلدار ظلم کرتے تھے۔ فرعون نے بھی یہی چال چلی تھی۔ اور بعض ریونیو افسر یا تحصیلدار خود بنی اسرائیل سے مقرر کر دیئے تھے۔ اور وہ لوگ قبطیوں سے بھی زیادہ اپنی قوم یعنی بنی اسرائیل پر ظلم کرتے تھے۔ کیونکہ وہ خیال کرتے تھے کہ با
اٰ تَیْنٰـہُ مِنَ الْـکُنُوّزِ اس سے یہ مرادنہیں کہ یہ خزانے اس کے ذاتی تھے‘ بلکہ اس کے معنے یہ ہیں کہ وہ ایک تحصیلدار یا افسر مال تھا یا افسر خزانہ تھا۔ جس کی تحویل میں سرکاری خزانے رہتے تھے۔ چنانچہ حضرت یوسف علیہ السلام بھی اپنے وقت کے فرعون کے ملازم تھے۔ سورہ یوسف رکوع۷ میں ہے کہ جب فرعونِ مصر نے یوسف علیہ السلام کو قید سے نکالنے کے بعد کہا کہ ہم تم کو اپنے دربار میں بڑا مقام دیں گے۔ تو یوسف علیہ السلام نے کہا کہ مجھے آپ ملک کے خزانوں کا افسر بنا دیں۔ میں اس فن کو خوب جانتا ہوں اور اقتصادیات کا ماہر ہوں۔ اس سے پتہ لگتا ہے کہ حضرت یوسف علیہ السلام کے زمانہ میں
اِنَّ مَفَاتِحَہٗ لَتَنُوْٓ أُ بِالْعُصْبَۃِ اُولِی الْقُوَّۃِ بعض مفسرین نے اس آیت سے قارون کی دولت کا ایک الف لیلوی اندازہ لگایا ہے۔ حالانکہ اس آیت سے یہ تو پتہ لگتا ہے کہ قارون مال دار آدمی تھا مگر کوئی جنّاتی خزانہ اس کے قبضہ میں ثابت نہیں ہوتا۔ یہ کہ خزانہ کی کنجیاں ایک مضبوط جماعت کے لئے بھی اٹھانی مشکل تھیں۔ اس کی توجیہہ کرتے ہوئے یہ یاد رکھنا چاہیے کہ یہ خزانہ حکومت کا تھا اور اس وقت بادشاہ جب ملک میں سفر کرتے تھے تو سینکڑوں ہزاروں اونٹوں پر خزانے کے دوہرے بکس رکھ کر ساتھ لے جاتے تھے کیونکہ اس وقت موٹر نہیں ہوتے تھے نہ مختلف علاقوں میں سرکاری خزانے ب
29:40; 40:25.
Qarun (Korah) was fabulously rich. He stood high in the favour of Pharaoh and was very likely his treasurer. It seems that he was officer in charge of the gold mines belonging to Pharaoh and was a specialist in the art of digging out gold from the mines. In Southern Egypt the territory of Karu was famed for gold mines. The suffix "An" or "On" meaning "pillar," or "light" the combined word "Kur-on" signifies, 'the pillar of Karu' and was the title of Pharaoh’s Minister of Mineralogy. He is said to be an Israelite and a believer in Moses. In order to win favours from Pharaoh he seemed to have persecuted his own people and to have behaved arrogantly towards them. As a result Divine punishment descended upon him and he perished.
Mafatih is the plural of both Maftah and Miftah, the former word meaning a hoard; a treasure; and the latter meaning a key (Lane).
29:40; 40:25.
Important Words:
کنوز (treasures of hoarded wealth) is the plural of کنز which is noun-inf. from کنز (kanaza). They say کنز المال i.e. he buried the property or treasure in the earth; he hoarded it, or stored, or he collected the property and treasured it. کنز therefore, means, treasure, property buried in the earth; property that is preserved in a receptacle; that receptacle in which property is buried or preserved or hoarded; treasure-boxes; anything abundant and collected together (Lane & Aqrab).
مفاتح (stores) is the plural of مفتح (maftah) which is derived from فتح. They say فتح الباب i.e. he opened the door. مفتح (maftah) means, a hoard; a treasure, a store or store room or magazine; buried property. مفتح (miftah) of which مفاتح also is the plural and مفتاح (plural مفاتیح) mean a key (Lane & Aqrab).
لتنوء (would have weighed down) is derived fromناء which means, he rose or rose with difficulty and effort under a load; he was oppressed by weight and fell down. ناء بحمله means, he rose with his burden with effort and difficulty. ناء به الحملmeans, the burden weighed him down (Aqrab).
Commentary:
It would appear that Korah was an Israelite who stood high in the favour of Pharaoh and held one of the principal offices of State under him. Very likely he was Pharaoh’s treasurer. When Pharaoh went on official tour the royal treasures were probably transported under Korah’s charge. In order to safeguard his position and to win further favours from Pharaoh, Korah seemed to have persecuted his own people and behaved haughtily and tyrannically towards them.
The name of Qarun (Korah) seems also to have been symbolically used here for men of material wealth. Abundance of riches has proved the undoing of many a man. Elated with riches and wealth and lulled into a false sense of security, wealthy people are prone to reject God’s Message and defy His Prophets. Korah as it appears from the Bible (Num. 16:1-35), was a believer in Moses. According to Rabbinical literature he was fabulously rich (Jew. Enc.) and in the pride of wealth revolted against Moses and Aaron and consequently perished with his 250 followers, the earth having swallowed them up.
d
29:40; 40:25.
2
فَبَغٰی عَلَیْھِمْ ظالم بادشاہوں کا قاعدہ ہے کہ وہ چھوٹے عہدوں پر رعایا میں سے کچھ لوگ مقرر کرتے ہیں اور یہ لوگ اپنے ہم قوموں پر ظلم کرنے میں خود حاکموں سے بھی آگے نکلے ہوئے ہوتے ہیں۔ انگریز کے زمانہ میں دیکھ لو‘ انگریز سپرنٹنڈنٹ پولیس اور انگریز ڈپٹی کمشنر اتنا ظلم نہیں کرتا تھا جتنا کہ ایک ہندوستانی تھانے دار یا کانسٹیبل یا پٹواری یا تحصیلدار ظلم کرتے تھے۔ فرعون نے بھی یہی چال چلی تھی۔ اور بعض ریونیو افسر یا تحصیلدار خود بنی اسرائیل سے مقرر کر دیئے تھے۔ اور وہ لوگ قبطیوں سے بھی زیادہ اپنی قوم یعنی بنی اسرائیل پر ظلم کرتے تھے۔ کیونکہ وہ خیال کرتے تھے کہ با
3
اٰ تَیْنٰـہُ مِنَ الْـکُنُوّزِ اس سے یہ مرادنہیں کہ یہ خزانے اس کے ذاتی تھے‘ بلکہ اس کے معنے یہ ہیں کہ وہ ایک تحصیلدار یا افسر مال تھا یا افسر خزانہ تھا۔ جس کی تحویل میں سرکاری خزانے رہتے تھے۔ چنانچہ حضرت یوسف علیہ السلام بھی اپنے وقت کے فرعون کے ملازم تھے۔ سورہ یوسف رکوع۷ میں ہے کہ جب فرعونِ مصر نے یوسف علیہ السلام کو قید سے نکالنے کے بعد کہا کہ ہم تم کو اپنے دربار میں بڑا مقام دیں گے۔ تو یوسف علیہ السلام نے کہا کہ مجھے آپ ملک کے خزانوں کا افسر بنا دیں۔ میں اس فن کو خوب جانتا ہوں اور اقتصادیات کا ماہر ہوں۔ اس سے پتہ لگتا ہے کہ حضرت یوسف علیہ السلام کے زمانہ میں
4
اِنَّ مَفَاتِحَہٗ لَتَنُوْٓ أُ بِالْعُصْبَۃِ اُولِی الْقُوَّۃِ بعض مفسرین نے اس آیت سے قارون کی دولت کا ایک الف لیلوی اندازہ لگایا ہے۔ حالانکہ اس آیت سے یہ تو پتہ لگتا ہے کہ قارون مال دار آدمی تھا مگر کوئی جنّاتی خزانہ اس کے قبضہ میں ثابت نہیں ہوتا۔ یہ کہ خزانہ کی کنجیاں ایک مضبوط جماعت کے لئے بھی اٹھانی مشکل تھیں۔ اس کی توجیہہ کرتے ہوئے یہ یاد رکھنا چاہیے کہ یہ خزانہ حکومت کا تھا اور اس وقت بادشاہ جب ملک میں سفر کرتے تھے تو سینکڑوں ہزاروں اونٹوں پر خزانے کے دوہرے بکس رکھ کر ساتھ لے جاتے تھے کیونکہ اس وقت موٹر نہیں ہوتے تھے نہ مختلف علاقوں میں سرکاری خزانے ب
b
29:40; 40:25.
2930
Important Words:
کنوز (treasures of hoarded wealth) is the plural of کنز which is noun-inf. from کنز (kanaza). They say کنز المال i.e. he buried the property or treasure in the earth; he hoarded it, or stored, or he collected the property and treasured it. کنز therefore, means, treasure, property buried in the earth; property that is preserved in a receptacle; that receptacle in which property is buried or preserved or hoarded; treasure-boxes; anything abundant and collected together (Lane & Aqrab).
مفاتح (stores) is the plural of مفتح (maftah) which is derived from فتح. They say فتح الباب i.e. he opened the door. مفتح (maftah) means, a hoard; a treasure, a store or store room or magazine; buried property. مفتح (miftah) of which مفاتح also is the plural and مفتاح (plural مفاتیح) mean a key (Lane & Aqrab).
لتنوء (would have weighed down) is derived fromناء which means, he rose or rose with difficulty and effort under a load; he was oppressed by weight and fell down. ناء بحمله means, he rose with his burden with effort and difficulty. ناء به الحملmeans, the burden weighed him down (Aqrab).
Commentary:
It would appear that Korah was an Israelite who stood high in the favour of Pharaoh and held one of the principal offices of State under him. Very likely he was Pharaoh’s treasurer. When Pharaoh went on official tour the royal treasures were probably transported under Korah’s charge. In order to safeguard his position and to win further favours from Pharaoh, Korah seemed to have persecuted his own people and behaved haughtily and tyrannically towards them.
The name of Qarun (Korah) seems also to have been symbolically used here for men of material wealth. Abundance of riches has proved the undoing of many a man. Elated with riches and wealth and lulled into a false sense of security, wealthy people are prone to reject God’s Message and defy His Prophets. Korah as it appears from the Bible (Num. 16:1-35), was a believer in Moses. According to Rabbinical literature he was fabulously rich (Jew. Enc.) and in the pride of wealth revolted against Moses and Aaron and consequently perished with his 250 followers, the earth having swallowed them up.
a
29:40; 40:25.
2231
Qarun (Korah) was fabulously rich. He stood high in the favour of Pharaoh and was very likely his treasurer. It seems that he was officer in charge of the gold mines belonging to Pharaoh and was a specialist in the art of digging out gold from the mines. In Southern Egypt the territory of Karu was famed for gold mines. The suffix "An" or "On" meaning "pillar," or "light" the combined word "Kur-on" signifies, 'the pillar of Karu' and was the title of Pharaoh’s Minister of Mineralogy. He is said to be an Israelite and a believer in Moses. In order to win favours from Pharaoh he seemed to have persecuted his own people and to have behaved arrogantly towards them. As a result Divine punishment descended upon him and he perished.
2232
Mafatih is the plural of both Maftah and Miftah, the former word meaning a hoard; a treasure; and the latter meaning a key (Lane).
وَٱبْتَغِ فِيمَآ ءَاتَىٰكَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلدَّارَ ٱلْءَاخِرَةَ ۖ وَلَا تَنسَ نَصِيبَكَ مِنَ ٱلدُّنْيَا ۖ وَأَحْسِن كَمَآ أَحْسَنَ ٱللَّهُ إِلَيْكَ ۖ وَلَا تَبْغِ ٱلْفَسَادَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَ
Commentary:
Islam does not view with favour such flight from the world as Christianity inculcates among its votaries. One should not deny one’s portion of the good things of the world. As a matter of fact at another place in the Quran the believers are enjoined to pray to God "to grant them the good things of this world as well as the good things of the world to come" (2:202), only the pursuit of the good things of this world should not make one neglect the seeking of the good things of the Hereafter. Islam is not a religion of monks and recluses but of pious and righteous men of the world.
2931
Commentary:
Islam does not view with favour such flight from the world as Christianity inculcates among its votaries. One should not deny one’s portion of the good things of the world. As a matter of fact at another place in the Quran the believers are enjoined to pray to God "to grant them the good things of this world as well as the good things of the world to come" (2:202), only the pursuit of the good things of this world should not make one neglect the seeking of the good things of the Hereafter. Islam is not a religion of monks and recluses but of pious and righteous men of the world.
قَالَ إِنَّمَآ أُوتِيتُهُۥ عَلَىٰ عِلْمٍ عِندِىٓ ۚ أَوَلَمْ يَعْلَمْ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ قَدْ أَهْلَكَ مِن قَبْلِهِۦ مِنَ ٱلْقُرُونِ مَنْ هُوَ أَشَدُّ مِنْهُ قُوَّةً وَأَكْثَرُ جَمْعًا ۚ وَلَا يُسْـَٔلُ عَن ذُنُوبِهِمُ ٱلْمُجْرِمُونَ
39:50.
یہ فقرہ بھی بتاتا ہے کہ قارون ایک بڑا افسر تھا۔ جس کی لیاقت کی وجہ سے اس کو خزانہ کا افسر بنایا گیا تھا۔
اس آیت سے بھی ثابت ہوتا ہے کہ وہ سرکاری خزانہ کا افسر تھا۔ اس کی ذاتی دولت نہ تھی۔ اگر ذاتی دولت ہوتی تو اس جگہ یہ فرمایا جاتا کہ اس سے بھی بڑے مالدار لوگوں کو خدا تباہ کر چکا ہے۔ مگر یہاں قارون کے مقابلہ میں قوموں اور اُمتوں کی دولت کو پیش کیا گیا ہے۔ پس معلوم ہوا کہ قارون کے قبضہ میں بھی قوم اور امت کی دولت تھی۔ یعنی وہ سرکاری افسر تھا۔ اس کی ذاتی دولت کا اس جگہ ذکر نہیں۔
یعنی اللہ تعالیٰ کی طرف سے جو سزا آتی ہے وہ طبعی ہوتی ہے۔ دنیوی بادشاہوں کی طرح حاکمانہ نہیں ہوتی۔ طبعی سزا آپ ہی بتا دیتی ہے کہ مجرم اس کا مستحق تھا۔ مثلاً کوئی شخص انکارِ حق کی وجہ سے ہدایت سے محروم ہو جائے یا دماغ سے کام نہ لینے کی وجہ سے سوچنے سے محروم ہو جائے تو کوئی نہیں کہہ سکتا کہ پہلے اس کے جرم کی تحقیقات کیوں نہ کی گئی۔ ہر شخص سمجھ سکتا ہے کہ اس کی سزا اس کے عملوں کے عین مطابق ہے اور سزا کا وجود ہی بدعملی کا ثبوت ہے۔
39:50.
The guilt of the disbelievers will be so patent that no further investigation will be considered necessary to establish it; or the meaning is that the guilty will not be given an opportunity to defend themselves, their sins and crimes being all too patent.
39:50.
Commentary:
The expression ولا یسأل عن ذنوبھم المجرمون may mean that the guilt of the disbelievers will be so patent that no further investigation will be considered necessary to establish it; or it may mean that the guilty will not be given an opportunity to defend themselves or to redress the wrong done by them, their sins and crimes being all too apparent.
a
39:50.
1
یہ فقرہ بھی بتاتا ہے کہ قارون ایک بڑا افسر تھا۔ جس کی لیاقت کی وجہ سے اس کو خزانہ کا افسر بنایا گیا تھا۔
2
اس آیت سے بھی ثابت ہوتا ہے کہ وہ سرکاری خزانہ کا افسر تھا۔ اس کی ذاتی دولت نہ تھی۔ اگر ذاتی دولت ہوتی تو اس جگہ یہ فرمایا جاتا کہ اس سے بھی بڑے مالدار لوگوں کو خدا تباہ کر چکا ہے۔ مگر یہاں قارون کے مقابلہ میں قوموں اور اُمتوں کی دولت کو پیش کیا گیا ہے۔ پس معلوم ہوا کہ قارون کے قبضہ میں بھی قوم اور امت کی دولت تھی۔ یعنی وہ سرکاری افسر تھا۔ اس کی ذاتی دولت کا اس جگہ ذکر نہیں۔
3
یعنی اللہ تعالیٰ کی طرف سے جو سزا آتی ہے وہ طبعی ہوتی ہے۔ دنیوی بادشاہوں کی طرح حاکمانہ نہیں ہوتی۔ طبعی سزا آپ ہی بتا دیتی ہے کہ مجرم اس کا مستحق تھا۔ مثلاً کوئی شخص انکارِ حق کی وجہ سے ہدایت سے محروم ہو جائے یا دماغ سے کام نہ لینے کی وجہ سے سوچنے سے محروم ہو جائے تو کوئی نہیں کہہ سکتا کہ پہلے اس کے جرم کی تحقیقات کیوں نہ کی گئی۔ ہر شخص سمجھ سکتا ہے کہ اس کی سزا اس کے عملوں کے عین مطابق ہے اور سزا کا وجود ہی بدعملی کا ثبوت ہے۔
a
39:50.
2932
Commentary:
The expression ولا یسأل عن ذنوبھم المجرمون may mean that the guilt of the disbelievers will be so patent that no further investigation will be considered necessary to establish it; or it may mean that the guilty will not be given an opportunity to defend themselves or to redress the wrong done by them, their sins and crimes being all too apparent.
a
39:50.
2233
The guilt of the disbelievers will be so patent that no further investigation will be considered necessary to establish it; or the meaning is that the guilty will not be given an opportunity to defend themselves, their sins and crimes being all too patent.
فَخَرَجَ عَلَىٰ قَوْمِهِۦ فِى زِينَتِهِۦ ۖ قَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ يُرِيدُونَ ٱلْحَيَوٰةَ ٱلدُّنْيَا يَٰلَيْتَ لَنَا مِثْلَ مَآ أُوتِىَ قَٰرُونُ إِنَّهُۥ لَذُو حَظٍّ عَظِيمٍ
اس سے بھی ثابت ہوتا ہے کہ وہ سرکاری افسر تھا۔
4
اس سے بھی ثابت ہوتا ہے کہ وہ سرکاری افسر تھا۔
وَقَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْعِلْمَ وَيْلَكُمْ ثَوَابُ ٱللَّهِ خَيْرٌ لِّمَنْ ءَامَنَ وَعَمِلَ صَٰلِحًا وَلَا يُلَقَّىٰهَآ إِلَّا ٱلصَّٰبِرُونَ
یہ آیت بھی دلالت کرتی ہے کہ جس دولت کا ذکر ہے وہ فرعون کے بخشے ہوئے مرتبہ کی وجہ سے ملی تھی۔ بے شک عام دولت کے متعلق بھی کہا جاتا ہے کہ وہ اللہ تعالیٰ کی دی ہوئی ہے لیکن یہاں چونکہ دو دولتوں کا مقابلہ کیا گیا ہے اللہ کی دی ہوئی اور غیر اللہ کی دی ہوئی۔ اس لئے ایک دولت کے متعلق کہنا پڑے گا کہ وہ اپنی کمائی کی نہ تھی‘ بلکہ فرعون کی طرف سے ملی تھی۔
1
یہ آیت بھی دلالت کرتی ہے کہ جس دولت کا ذکر ہے وہ فرعون کے بخشے ہوئے مرتبہ کی وجہ سے ملی تھی۔ بے شک عام دولت کے متعلق بھی کہا جاتا ہے کہ وہ اللہ تعالیٰ کی دی ہوئی ہے لیکن یہاں چونکہ دو دولتوں کا مقابلہ کیا گیا ہے اللہ کی دی ہوئی اور غیر اللہ کی دی ہوئی۔ اس لئے ایک دولت کے متعلق کہنا پڑے گا کہ وہ اپنی کمائی کی نہ تھی‘ بلکہ فرعون کی طرف سے ملی تھی۔
فَخَسَفْنَا بِهِۦ وَبِدَارِهِ ٱلْأَرْضَ فَمَا كَانَ لَهُۥ مِن فِئَةٍ يَنصُرُونَهُۥ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ وَمَا كَانَ مِنَ ٱلْمُنتَصِرِينَ
29:41.
اِنْـتَصَرَ کے معنے ہیں اِمْتَنَعَ مِنْ ظَالِمِہٖ اپنے دشمن سے بچ گیا (اقرب) اور یہی معنے ہم نے اختیار کیے ہیں۔
29:41.
29:41.
Important Words:
خسفنا (We caused him to be swallowed up) is formed from خسف. They say خسف المکان i.e. the house fell down or sank into the earth. خسف القمر means, the moon suffered an eclipse. خسف الرجل means, the man became emaciated. خسف فلاناً means, he humbled him and made him to bear a thing which he did not like. خسف اللّٰه الارض بفلان means, God made the earth to sink with such a one and to swallow him up (Lane & Aqrab).
b
29:41.
2
اِنْـتَصَرَ کے معنے ہیں اِمْتَنَعَ مِنْ ظَالِمِہٖ اپنے دشمن سے بچ گیا (اقرب) اور یہی معنے ہم نے اختیار کیے ہیں۔
b
29:41.
2933
Important Words:
خسفنا (We caused him to be swallowed up) is formed from خسف. They say خسف المکان i.e. the house fell down or sank into the earth. خسف القمر means, the moon suffered an eclipse. خسف الرجل means, the man became emaciated. خسف فلاناً means, he humbled him and made him to bear a thing which he did not like. خسف اللّٰه الارض بفلان means, God made the earth to sink with such a one and to swallow him up (Lane & Aqrab).
b
29:41.
وَأَصْبَحَ ٱلَّذِينَ تَمَنَّوْا۟ مَكَانَهُۥ بِٱلْأَمْسِ يَقُولُونَ وَيْكَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَبْسُطُ ٱلرِّزْقَ لِمَن يَشَآءُ مِنْ عِبَادِهِۦ وَيَقْدِرُ ۖ لَوْلَآ أَن مَّنَّ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْنَا لَخَسَفَ بِنَا ۖ وَيْكَأَنَّهُۥ لَا يُفْلِحُ ٱلْكَٰفِرُونَ
13:27; 29:63; 34:37.
13:27; 29:63; 34:37.
13:27; 29:63; 34:37.
Important Words:
ویکان (Ah).ویک is a compound expression made up of وی and ک and is used for surprise and reproach, وی meaning woe and ک being a letter of address. They say ویک i.e. woe to thee. Some say ویک is ویلک (thy perdition), ل having been omitted. ویک being an expression of surprise or reproach means, oh; ah. وی لزید also means, well done Zaid, bravo Zaid (Aqrab).
a
13:27; 29:63; 34:37.
a
13:27; 29:63; 34:37.
2934
Important Words:
ویکان (Ah).ویک is a compound expression made up of وی and ک and is used for surprise and reproach, وی meaning woe and ک being a letter of address. They say ویک i.e. woe to thee. Some say ویک is ویلک (thy perdition), ل having been omitted. ویک being an expression of surprise or reproach means, oh; ah. وی لزید also means, well done Zaid, bravo Zaid (Aqrab).
a
13:27; 29:63; 34:37.
تِلْكَ ٱلدَّارُ ٱلْءَاخِرَةُ نَجْعَلُهَا لِلَّذِينَ لَا يُرِيدُونَ عُلُوًّا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَا فَسَادًا ۚ وَٱلْعَٰقِبَةُ لِلْمُتَّقِينَ
7:170; 16:31.
7:170; 16:31.
7:170; 16:31.
b
7:170; 16:31.
b
7:170; 16:31.
b
7:170; 16:31.
مَن جَآءَ بِٱلْحَسَنَةِ فَلَهُۥ خَيْرٌ مِّنْهَا ۖ وَمَن جَآءَ بِٱلسَّيِّئَةِ فَلَا يُجْزَى ٱلَّذِينَ عَمِلُوا۟ ٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتِ إِلَّا مَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ
4:125; 6:161; 17:8; 41:47; 99:8, 9.
4:125; 6:161; 17:8; 41:47; 99:8, 9.
The Divine law of compensation works in this way that whereas for good works the reward is many times greater, the punishment for an evil deed is less than what the guilty person incurs, or at the most proportionate to it.
4:124; 6:161; 17:8; 41:47; 99:8-9.
Commentary:
The verse points to the divine law of compensation which in this life works in this way that whereas for good works God gives a reward many times greater than what the doer has earned, He punishes a bad deed with a punishment which is less than what the guilty person has incurred or at the most with a punishment proportionate to the evil deed which he has committed.
c
4:125; 6:161; 17:8; 41:47; 99:8, 9.
c
4:124; 6:161; 17:8; 41:47; 99:8-9.
2935
Commentary:
The verse points to the divine law of compensation which in this life works in this way that whereas for good works God gives a reward many times greater than what the doer has earned, He punishes a bad deed with a punishment which is less than what the guilty person has incurred or at the most with a punishment proportionate to the evil deed which he has committed.
c
4:125; 6:161; 17:8; 41:47; 99:8, 9.
2234
The Divine law of compensation works in this way that whereas for good works the reward is many times greater, the punishment for an evil deed is less than what the guilty person incurs, or at the most proportionate to it.
إِنَّ ٱلَّذِى فَرَضَ عَلَيْكَ ٱلْقُرْءَانَ لَرَآدُّكَ إِلَىٰ مَعَادٍ ۚ قُل رَّبِّىٓ أَعْلَمُ مَن جَآءَ بِٱلْهُدَىٰ وَمَنْ هُوَ فِى ضَلَٰلٍ مُّبِينٍ
17:85.
اَلْمَعَادُ کے معنے اَلْمَرْجَعُ کے ہوتے ہیں یعنی جس کی طرف لوگ لوٹ لوٹ کر آتے ہیں۔ یہاں اس سے مراد مکہ ہے جہاں لوگ باربار حج اور عمرہ کے لئے جاتے تھے۔
اس میں فتح مکہ کی طرف اشارہ ہے جس کی طرف محمد رسول اللہ صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کو واپس لانے کی پیشگوئی کی گئی ہے۔ اور قرآن کے فرض کرنے سے یہ بتایا گیا ہے کہ اگر محمد رسول اللہ صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم مکہ کی طرف لوٹ کر واپس نہ آئے تو یہ قرآن کی سچائی پر ایک حرف ہوگا‘ کیونکہ اللہ تعالیٰ نے یہ وعدہ قرآنی شریعت کے ذکر کے ساتھ اپنی قسم کھا کر کیا ہے۔ اور اللہ تعالیٰ کے فضل سے پورا ہو کر رہے گا۔
17:85.
This verse is considered by some scholars to have been revealed while the Holy Prophet was on his way from Mecca to Medina. It embodied a great prophecy, viz. that one day he will have to leave Mecca and then eventually he will come back to it as a victor and conqueror. The verse constitutes a befitting sequel to the Surah which gives a somewhat detailed life-story of Moses, the like of the Holy Prophet. Moses fled from Egypt and lived in Midian for ten years which were the years of preparation for the great task which lay ahead of him. Then he went back to Egypt with the Divine Message and succeeded in delivering the Israelites from the bondage of Pharaoh. Similarly, the Holy Prophet fled from Mecca and spent ten precious years of his life in Medina which were the years of preparation for the great object of conquering Mecca, the Centre and Citadel of his Faith. He returned to it as a conqueror and a victor and was fully successful in his life’s mission.
17:85.
Important Words:
فرض (made binding) means, He (God) made a thing obligatory or binding by a known decree. فرض له means, he appointed to him a thing. فرض اللّٰه الاحکام علی عبادہ means, God has instituted or prescribed for His servants ordinances and commandments (Lane & Aqrab).
معاد (place of return) is derived from عاد. They say عاد الیه i.e. he returned to it. معاد means, a place to which a person returns; a place, state or result to which a person or thing eventually comes; a place of destination or an ultimate state or condition (Mecca is so called because the pilgrims return to it again and again); Paradise; Pilgrimage; Hereafter (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
This verse is considered by some scholars to have been revealed while the Holy Prophet was on his way from Mecca to Medina. It embodied a great prophecy, viz. that the Holy Prophet one day will have to leave Mecca and then eventually he will come back to it as a victor and conqueror, and the fulfilment of this mighty prophecy under extraordinary circumstances will show "who has brought the guidance, and who is in manifest error." The verse constitutes a befitting sequel to the Surah which gives a somewhat detailed life-story of Moses, the counterpart of the Holy Prophet. Moses fled from Egypt and lived in Midian for ten years which were years of preparation for the great task which lay ahead of him. Then he went back to Egypt with the Divine Message and succeeded in delivering the Israelites from the bondage of Pharaoh. Similarly, the Holy Prophet fled from Mecca and spent ten precious years of his life in Medina which were the years of preparation for the great object of conquering Mecca, the centre and citadel of his Faith. He returned to it as a conqueror and victor and fully succeeded in the achievement of his great object.
d
17:85.
1
اَلْمَعَادُ کے معنے اَلْمَرْجَعُ کے ہوتے ہیں یعنی جس کی طرف لوگ لوٹ لوٹ کر آتے ہیں۔ یہاں اس سے مراد مکہ ہے جہاں لوگ باربار حج اور عمرہ کے لئے جاتے تھے۔
2
اس میں فتح مکہ کی طرف اشارہ ہے جس کی طرف محمد رسول اللہ صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کو واپس لانے کی پیشگوئی کی گئی ہے۔ اور قرآن کے فرض کرنے سے یہ بتایا گیا ہے کہ اگر محمد رسول اللہ صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم مکہ کی طرف لوٹ کر واپس نہ آئے تو یہ قرآن کی سچائی پر ایک حرف ہوگا‘ کیونکہ اللہ تعالیٰ نے یہ وعدہ قرآنی شریعت کے ذکر کے ساتھ اپنی قسم کھا کر کیا ہے۔ اور اللہ تعالیٰ کے فضل سے پورا ہو کر رہے گا۔
a
17:85.
2936
Important Words:
فرض (made binding) means, He (God) made a thing obligatory or binding by a known decree. فرض له means, he appointed to him a thing. فرض اللّٰه الاحکام علی عبادہ means, God has instituted or prescribed for His servants ordinances and commandments (Lane & Aqrab).
معاد (place of return) is derived from عاد. They say عاد الیه i.e. he returned to it. معاد means, a place to which a person returns; a place, state or result to which a person or thing eventually comes; a place of destination or an ultimate state or condition (Mecca is so called because the pilgrims return to it again and again); Paradise; Pilgrimage; Hereafter (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
This verse is considered by some scholars to have been revealed while the Holy Prophet was on his way from Mecca to Medina. It embodied a great prophecy, viz. that the Holy Prophet one day will have to leave Mecca and then eventually he will come back to it as a victor and conqueror, and the fulfilment of this mighty prophecy under extraordinary circumstances will show "who has brought the guidance, and who is in manifest error." The verse constitutes a befitting sequel to the Surah which gives a somewhat detailed life-story of Moses, the counterpart of the Holy Prophet. Moses fled from Egypt and lived in Midian for ten years which were years of preparation for the great task which lay ahead of him. Then he went back to Egypt with the Divine Message and succeeded in delivering the Israelites from the bondage of Pharaoh. Similarly, the Holy Prophet fled from Mecca and spent ten precious years of his life in Medina which were the years of preparation for the great object of conquering Mecca, the centre and citadel of his Faith. He returned to it as a conqueror and victor and fully succeeded in the achievement of his great object.
a
17:85.
2235
This verse is considered by some scholars to have been revealed while the Holy Prophet was on his way from Mecca to Medina. It embodied a great prophecy, viz. that one day he will have to leave Mecca and then eventually he will come back to it as a victor and conqueror. The verse constitutes a befitting sequel to the Surah which gives a somewhat detailed life-story of Moses, the like of the Holy Prophet. Moses fled from Egypt and lived in Midian for ten years which were the years of preparation for the great task which lay ahead of him. Then he went back to Egypt with the Divine Message and succeeded in delivering the Israelites from the bondage of Pharaoh. Similarly, the Holy Prophet fled from Mecca and spent ten precious years of his life in Medina which were the years of preparation for the great object of conquering Mecca, the Centre and Citadel of his Faith. He returned to it as a conqueror and a victor and was fully successful in his life’s mission.
وَمَا كُنتَ تَرْجُوٓا۟ أَن يُلْقَىٰٓ إِلَيْكَ ٱلْكِتَٰبُ إِلَّا رَحْمَةً مِّن رَّبِّكَ ۖ فَلَا تَكُونَنَّ ظَهِيرًا لِّلْكَٰفِرِينَ
17:88.
17:88.
e
17:88.
a
17:88.
2936A
Commentary:
See next verse.
b
17:88.
وَلَا يَصُدُّنَّكَ عَنْ ءَايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ بَعْدَ إِذْ أُنزِلَتْ إِلَيْكَ ۖ وَٱدْعُ إِلَىٰ رَبِّكَ ۖ وَلَا تَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ
Commentary:
The verse sums up the subject matter of the Surah. The Holy Prophet is told that he did not have the remotest idea that he would ever be made the bearer of the Divine Message but now that he has actually been entrusted with the great and difficult task of preaching the truth, he should 'call mankind to God' and like a great soldier fight his way to success.
2937
Commentary:
The verse sums up the subject matter of the Surah. The Holy Prophet is told that he did not have the remotest idea that he would ever be made the bearer of the Divine Message but now that he has actually been entrusted with the great and difficult task of preaching the truth, he should 'call mankind to God' and like a great soldier fight his way to success.
وَلَا تَدْعُ مَعَ ٱللَّهِ إِلَٰهًا ءَاخَرَ ۘ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ۚ كُلُّ شَىْءٍ هَالِكٌ إِلَّا وَجْهَهُۥ ۚ لَهُ ٱلْحُكْمُ وَإِلَيْهِ تُرْجَعُونَ
10:107; 17:40; 26:214.
اس سے مراد یہ ہے کہ ہر ایک مادی چیز نہ کہ اگلی دنیا کی نعمتیں یا روحانی علوم۔ چنانچہ حضرت عثمان بن مظعونؓ کے سامنے جب لبیدنے یہ شعر پڑھا کہ ؎
اَ لَا کُلُّ شَیْئٍ مَّا خَـلَا اللّٰہَ بَاطِلٗ۔ وَ کُلُّ نَعِیْمٍ لَا مَحَالَۃَ زَائِلٗ
تو عثمان بن مظعونؓ بڑے جو ش سے کھڑے ہو گئے اور کہنے لگے کہ نَعِیْمُ اللّٰہِ لَایَبْطُلُ یعنی جنت کی نعمتیں کبھی زائل نہیں ہوں گی۔ سو کُلُّ شُیْءٍ ھَالِکٌ سے مراد مادی چیزیں ہیں نہ جنت پر اس کا اطلاق ہوتا ہے اور نہ روحانی علوم پر۔ پس صحابہؓ کی تشریح کے ساتھ اس آیت کی تشریح ہو جاتی ہے اور وہی ٹھیک ہے۔
10:107; 17:40; 26:214.
Wajh means, self; face; chief of a people; object or purpose which one is pursuing; place to which one goes or directs his attention; pleasure; favour; sake; etc. (Lane).
10:107; 17:40; 26:214.
Important Words:
وجه means, face; the thing itself; direction; object and motive; deed or action to which a person directs his attention; the desired way (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
In this verse the Holy Prophet is told that he will meet with strong opposition and severe persecution in the discharge of his great mission but no amount of trials and tribulations should discourage or dismay him and he should put his faith in Allah Who is at his back and to Whom all will return.
The expression کل شیء ھالک الا وجھه may mean: (1) Everything will perish save that to which He directs His attention. (2) Everything will perish save that by which His pleasure is sought. The verse signifies that only material things will perish and not the blessings or bounties of Paradise which are everlasting.
a
10:107; 17:40; 26:214.
3
اس سے مراد یہ ہے کہ ہر ایک مادی چیز نہ کہ اگلی دنیا کی نعمتیں یا روحانی علوم۔ چنانچہ حضرت عثمان بن مظعونؓ کے سامنے جب لبیدنے یہ شعر پڑھا کہ ؎
اَ لَا کُلُّ شَیْئٍ مَّا خَـلَا اللّٰہَ بَاطِلٗ۔ وَ کُلُّ نَعِیْمٍ لَا مَحَالَۃَ زَائِلٗ
تو عثمان بن مظعونؓ بڑے جو ش سے کھڑے ہو گئے اور کہنے لگے کہ نَعِیْمُ اللّٰہِ لَایَبْطُلُ یعنی جنت کی نعمتیں کبھی زائل نہیں ہوں گی۔ سو کُلُّ شُیْءٍ ھَالِکٌ سے مراد مادی چیزیں ہیں نہ جنت پر اس کا اطلاق ہوتا ہے اور نہ روحانی علوم پر۔ پس صحابہؓ کی تشریح کے ساتھ اس آیت کی تشریح ہو جاتی ہے اور وہی ٹھیک ہے۔
b
10:107; 17:40; 26:214.
2938
Important Words:
وجه means, face; the thing itself; direction; object and motive; deed or action to which a person directs his attention; the desired way (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
In this verse the Holy Prophet is told that he will meet with strong opposition and severe persecution in the discharge of his great mission but no amount of trials and tribulations should discourage or dismay him and he should put his faith in Allah Who is at his back and to Whom all will return.
The expression کل شیء ھالک الا وجھه may mean: (1) Everything will perish save that to which He directs His attention. (2) Everything will perish save that by which His pleasure is sought. The verse signifies that only material things will perish and not the blessings or bounties of Paradise which are everlasting.
c
10:107; 17:40; 26:214.
2236
Wajh means, self; face; chief of a people; object or purpose which one is pursuing; place to which one goes or directs his attention; pleasure; favour; sake; etc. (Lane).
العنكبوت
Al-Ankabut
The Spider • makkah • 69 Verses
بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ
1:1.
1:1.
a
1:1.
a
See 1:1.
2939
Commentary:
See. 1:1.
a
1:1.
الٓمٓ
حروف مقطعات ایک ایک لفظ یا جملہ کے قائمقام ہیں۔ جیسا کہ احادیث رسول اللہ صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم اور آثار صحابہؓ سے ثابت ہے یا بعض جگہ وہ قائمقام ہوتے ہیں اعداد کے۔ الٓـمّٓ میں الف اَ نَا کا قائم مقام ہے اور ’’ل‘‘ اللّٰہ اور ’’م‘‘ اَعْلَمُ کا۔ یعنی میں اللہ سب سے زیادہ جاننے والا ہوں۔
2:2; 3:2; 13:2; 30:2; 31:2; 32:2.
Commentary:
The present and the following three chapters are headed by the abbreviated letters (مقطعات) Alif Lam Mim. For an explanation and significance of these letters, in fact for all abbreviations placed at the head of any Surah, see note under 2:2 & 19:2. The above three letters stand for انا الله أعلم i.e. I am Allah, the All-Knowing. See also 30:2.
b
2:2; 3:2; 13:2; 30:2; 31:2; 32:2.
967
见注释16。
1
حروف مقطعات ایک ایک لفظ یا جملہ کے قائمقام ہیں۔ جیسا کہ احادیث رسول اللہ صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم اور آثار صحابہؓ سے ثابت ہے یا بعض جگہ وہ قائمقام ہوتے ہیں اعداد کے۔ الٓـمّٓ میں الف اَ نَا کا قائم مقام ہے اور ’’ل‘‘ اللّٰہ اور ’’م‘‘ اَعْلَمُ کا۔ یعنی میں اللہ سب سے زیادہ جاننے والا ہوں۔
b
2:2; 3:2; 13:2; 30:2; 31:2; 32:2.
2939A
Commentary:
The present and the following three chapters are headed by the abbreviated letters (مقطعات) Alif Lam Mim. For an explanation and significance of these letters, in fact for all abbreviations placed at the head of any Surah, see note under 2:2 & 19:2. The above three letters stand for انا الله أعلم i.e. I am Allah, the All-Knowing. See also 30:2.
b
2:2; 3:2; 13:2; 30:2; 31:2; 32:2.
2236A
See {16}.
أَحَسِبَ ٱلنَّاسُ أَن يُتْرَكُوٓا۟ أَن يَقُولُوٓا۟ ءَامَنَّا وَهُمْ لَا يُفْتَنُونَ
3:180; 9:16.
3:180; 9:16.
3:180; 9:16.
Commentary:
The preceding Surah ended on the note that the Holy Prophet will come back as victor and conqueror to his native town, Mecca, from where he had been driven out as a friendless fugitive. The present Surah opens with the warning to believers that long, hard work and hardships and privations patiently borne are the sine qua non of success in life. This law applies as much to communities and nations as to individuals. Mere lip-profession of faith is not enough. Individuals and communities have to go through the fire of trials and tribulations to achieve their ends. The greater and harder the sacrifice, the more glorious and enduring the success.
c
3:180; 9:16.
c
3:180; 9:16.
2940
Commentary:
The preceding Surah ended on the note that the Holy Prophet will come back as victor and conqueror to his native town, Mecca, from where he had been driven out as a friendless fugitive. The present Surah opens with the warning to believers that long, hard work and hardships and privations patiently borne are the sine qua non of success in life. This law applies as much to communities and nations as to individuals. Mere lip-profession of faith is not enough. Individuals and communities have to go through the fire of trials and tribulations to achieve their ends. The greater and harder the sacrifice, the more glorious and enduring the success.
c
3:180; 9:16.
وَلَقَدْ فَتَنَّا ٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِهِمْ ۖ فَلَيَعْلَمَنَّ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِينَ صَدَقُوا۟ وَلَيَعْلَمَنَّ ٱلْكَٰذِبِينَ
یعنی علمِ ازلی کو علمِ وقوعہ سے بدل دے گا۔
‘Ilm (knowledge) is of two kinds: (a) That which consists in knowing a thing before it comes into existence. This kind of knowledge is not meant here because God is the Knower of the seen and the unseen (59:23). (b) The kind of knowledge which consists in knowing an event after it has actually taken place. It is this knowledge which is meant here. The verse signifies that the primeval knowledge of God will take the form of the matter of fact knowledge. Or, it means that God will distinguish the liars from the truthful as the word ‘Ilm also possesses the sense of distinguishing between two things, particularly when it is followed by the particle min (from). See also 2:144 and 3:141.
Believers are made to pass through great hardships and privations and their belief is put to a severe test, and it is after they come out of the ordeal successfully that the fact becomes established that they are true and sincere servants of God. It is in this way that they are distinguished from t
Commentary:
The verse means to say that believers are made to pass through great hardships and privations and that their belief is put to a severe test, and after they come out of the ordeal successful the fact becomes established that they are true and sincere servants of God, and thus they are distinguished from the hypocrites and from those who are false in their profession of faith. علم (‘Ilm) which means knowledge, is of two kinds. One kind of knowledge consists in knowing a thing before it comes into existence. This kind of knowledge is not meant here because God is عالم الغیب و الشھادة i.e. He is the Knower of the unseen and the seen (59:23). The other kind of knowledge consists in knowing an event after it has actually taken place. It is in this sense that the expression فلیعلمن has been used in the present verse. The expression signifies that the primeval knowledge of God will take the form of matter-of-fact knowledge. Or it means that God will distinguish between the liars and the truthful as the word علم (‘Ilm) also possesses the sense of distinguishing between two things, particularly when it is followed by the particle من i.e. from. See also 2:144 & 3:141.
2
یعنی علمِ ازلی کو علمِ وقوعہ سے بدل دے گا۔
2941
Commentary:
The verse means to say that believers are made to pass through great hardships and privations and that their belief is put to a severe test, and after they come out of the ordeal successful the fact becomes established that they are true and sincere servants of God, and thus they are distinguished from the hypocrites and from those who are false in their profession of faith. علم (‘Ilm) which means knowledge, is of two kinds. One kind of knowledge consists in knowing a thing before it comes into existence. This kind of knowledge is not meant here because God is عالم الغیب و الشھادة i.e. He is the Knower of the unseen and the seen (59:23). The other kind of knowledge consists in knowing an event after it has actually taken place. It is in this sense that the expression فلیعلمن has been used in the present verse. The expression signifies that the primeval knowledge of God will take the form of matter-of-fact knowledge. Or it means that God will distinguish between the liars and the truthful as the word علم (‘Ilm) also possesses the sense of distinguishing between two things, particularly when it is followed by the particle من i.e. from. See also 2:144 & 3:141.
2237
‘Ilm (knowledge) is of two kinds: (a) That which consists in knowing a thing before it comes into existence. This kind of knowledge is not meant here because God is the Knower of the seen and the unseen (59:23). (b) The kind of knowledge which consists in knowing an event after it has actually taken place. It is this knowledge which is meant here. The verse signifies that the primeval knowledge of God will take the form of the matter of fact knowledge. Or, it means that God will distinguish the liars from the truthful as the word ‘Ilm also possesses the sense of distinguishing between two things, particularly when it is followed by the particle min (from). See also 2:144 and 3:141.
Believers are made to pass through great hardships and privations and their belief is put to a severe test, and it is after they come out of the ordeal successfully that the fact becomes established that they are true and sincere servants of God. It is in this way that they are distinguished from t
أَمْ حَسِبَ ٱلَّذِينَ يَعْمَلُونَ ٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتِ أَن يَسْبِقُونَا ۚ سَآءَ مَا يَحْكُمُونَ
Commentary:
The expression "will escape Us" has been used in this verse in one of the following two senses:
(1) they will frustrate Our plan;
(2) they will escape Our punishment.
2942
Commentary:
The expression "will escape Us" has been used in this verse in one of the following two senses:
(1) they will frustrate Our plan;
(2) they will escape Our punishment.
مَن كَانَ يَرْجُوا۟ لِقَآءَ ٱللَّهِ فَإِنَّ أَجَلَ ٱللَّهِ لَءَاتٍ ۚ وَهُوَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ
11:30; 18:111; 84:7.
Yarju (hopes) is derived from Raja, i.e. he hoped to get the thing or he feared it. In the sense of hoping, the word is used on those occasions when the thing hoped for is likely to afford satisfaction (Mufradat).
2:224; 11:30; 18:111; 84:7.
Important Words:
یرجو (hopes) is derived from رجا. They say رجا الشیء i.e. he hoped to get the thing: he deferred or delayed it; he feared it. رجا الرجل means, he granted the man respite or he deferred the matter regarding him. When used in the sense of hoping, the word is used on those occasions when the thing hoped for is likely to afford pleasure (Mufradat & Aqrab).
d
11:30; 18:111; 84:7.
968
يَرْجُوْا (Yarju,希望) 源自 رَجَا (Raja), 意即: 他希望得到这样东西或他害怕这样东西。作 “希望” 的意思讲时, 这个单词用于以下一些时机, 就是那希望得到的事物可能使那个人满意 (مُفْرَدَات, Mufradat)。
a
2:224; 11:30; 18:111; 84:7.
2943
Important Words:
یرجو (hopes) is derived from رجا. They say رجا الشیء i.e. he hoped to get the thing: he deferred or delayed it; he feared it. رجا الرجل means, he granted the man respite or he deferred the matter regarding him. When used in the sense of hoping, the word is used on those occasions when the thing hoped for is likely to afford pleasure (Mufradat & Aqrab).
a
11:30; 18:111; 84:7.
2238
Yarju (hopes) is derived from Raja, i.e. he hoped to get the thing or he feared it. In the sense of hoping, the word is used on those occasions when the thing hoped for is likely to afford satisfaction (Mufradat).
وَمَن جَٰهَدَ فَإِنَّمَا يُجَٰهِدُ لِنَفْسِهِۦٓ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَغَنِىٌّ عَنِ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
这节简短而非常贴切地说明了一个 مُجَاهِدْ (Mujahid, 真正为安拉而奋斗的人)。高尚的理想以及始终如一并且经久不息地努力在实际行动中实现这些理想, 在伊斯兰教用词中就称为圣战 (جِهَادْ, Jihad) 具有这些高尚理想而且能根据这些理想而生活的人, 就是 مُجَاهِدْ (Mujahid)。这就是这一单词的真正的意思。
The verse gives a brief but very apt description of a Mujahid—true striver in the way of God. High and noble ideals and consistent and constant effort to carry them out into actual practice is what in Islamic terminology is called Jihad, and the person who possesses these noble ideals and lives up to them is a Mujahid in the true sense of the word.
Commentary:
As against the wrong construction deliberately placed on jihad by some prejudiced Christian orientalists, the primary significance of this word, as is apparent from this verse, is 'to strive.' It is in this sense that the word has been frequently used in the Surahs revealed at Mecca where fighting with the sword was out of the question. As to the significance of jihad by the sword and the circumstances under which it is allowed and the conditions that govern its conduct and continuance, see 22:40.
969
这节简短而非常贴切地说明了一个 مُجَاهِدْ (Mujahid, 真正为安拉而奋斗的人)。高尚的理想以及始终如一并且经久不息地努力在实际行动中实现这些理想, 在伊斯兰教用词中就称为圣战 (جِهَادْ, Jihad) 具有这些高尚理想而且能根据这些理想而生活的人, 就是 مُجَاهِدْ (Mujahid)。这就是这一单词的真正的意思。
2944
Commentary:
As against the wrong construction deliberately placed on jihad by some prejudiced Christian orientalists, the primary significance of this word, as is apparent from this verse, is 'to strive.' It is in this sense that the word has been frequently used in the Surahs revealed at Mecca where fighting with the sword was out of the question. As to the significance of jihad by the sword and the circumstances under which it is allowed and the conditions that govern its conduct and continuance, see 22:40.
2239
The verse gives a brief but very apt description of a Mujahid—true striver in the way of God. High and noble ideals and consistent and constant effort to carry them out into actual practice is what in Islamic terminology is called Jihad, and the person who possesses these noble ideals and lives up to them is a Mujahid in the true sense of the word.
وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ لَنُكَفِّرَنَّ عَنْهُمْ سَيِّـَٔاتِهِمْ وَلَنَجْزِيَنَّهُمْ أَحْسَنَ ٱلَّذِى كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ
2:83; 3:58; 13:30; 22:57; 30:16; 35:8; 42:23; 47:13.
صَالِـح صَلُحَ سے نکلا ہے اور صَلُحَ کے معنے ہوتے ہیں کسی چیز کے مطابق ہونا۔ پس عَمِلُوا الصّٰلِحٰتِ کے معنے ہوئے ’’اپنے ایمان کے مطابق عمل کیا۔‘‘ لوگ عام طور پر صَالِح کے معنے نیک کے کرتے ہیں لیکن عربی زبان کے لحاظ سے اس کے معنے ہیں ’’ایمان کے مطابق عمل کرنے والا‘‘اور نیکی ایک نسبتی چیز ہے‘ کوئی معیّن چیز نہیں۔ جو کام بعض حالات میں نیک ہوتا ہے دوسرے حالات میں وہی بُرا ہو جاتا ہے۔
2:83; 3:58; 13:30; 22:57; 30:16; 35:8; 42:23; 47:13.
2:83; 3:58; 13:30; 22:57; 30:16; 35:8; 42:23; 47:13.
Commentary:
This verse gives a brief but very apt description of a Mujahid,—a true striver in the way of God. High and noble ideals and consistent and constant effort to carry out those ideals into actual practice is what in Islamic terminology is called Jihad, and the person who possesses these noble ideals and lives up to them is a Mujahid in the true sense of the word.
Man’s good actions are of different degrees. Some are better than others, yet some others are of the noblest quality. The expression لیجزیھم أحسن الذی کانوا یعملون signifies that God will reward all the good works of the believers whether good, better or of the highest quality as if they belonged to the last degree, i.e. He will reward the good deeds of a believer, taking the best of them as the basis of reward.
a
2:83; 3:58; 13:30; 22:57; 30:16; 35:8; 42:23; 47:13.
1
صَالِـح صَلُحَ سے نکلا ہے اور صَلُحَ کے معنے ہوتے ہیں کسی چیز کے مطابق ہونا۔ پس عَمِلُوا الصّٰلِحٰتِ کے معنے ہوئے ’’اپنے ایمان کے مطابق عمل کیا۔‘‘ لوگ عام طور پر صَالِح کے معنے نیک کے کرتے ہیں لیکن عربی زبان کے لحاظ سے اس کے معنے ہیں ’’ایمان کے مطابق عمل کرنے والا‘‘اور نیکی ایک نسبتی چیز ہے‘ کوئی معیّن چیز نہیں۔ جو کام بعض حالات میں نیک ہوتا ہے دوسرے حالات میں وہی بُرا ہو جاتا ہے۔
a
2:83; 3:58; 13:30; 22:57; 30:16; 35:8; 42:23; 47:13.
2945
Commentary:
This verse gives a brief but very apt description of a Mujahid,—a true striver in the way of God. High and noble ideals and consistent and constant effort to carry out those ideals into actual practice is what in Islamic terminology is called Jihad, and the person who possesses these noble ideals and lives up to them is a Mujahid in the true sense of the word.
Man’s good actions are of different degrees. Some are better than others, yet some others are of the noblest quality. The expression لیجزیھم أحسن الذی کانوا یعملون signifies that God will reward all the good works of the believers whether good, better or of the highest quality as if they belonged to the last degree, i.e. He will reward the good deeds of a believer, taking the best of them as the basis of reward.
b
2:83; 3:58; 13:30; 22:57; 30:16; 35:8; 42:23; 47:13.
وَوَصَّيْنَا ٱلْإِنسَٰنَ بِوَٰلِدَيْهِ حُسْنًا ۖ وَإِن جَٰهَدَاكَ لِتُشْرِكَ بِى مَا لَيْسَ لَكَ بِهِۦ عِلْمٌ فَلَا تُطِعْهُمَآ ۚ إِلَىَّ مَرْجِعُكُمْ فَأُنَبِّئُكُم بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ
2:84; 4:37; 6:152; 17:24; 31:15; 46:16.
مطلب یہ نہیں کہ ان کی فرمانبرداری لازم نہیں رہی‘ بلکہ یہ ہے کہ اس خاص حکم میں فرمانبرداری نہ کر۔
2:84; 4:37; 6:152; 17:24; 31:15; 46:16.
The alpha and omega of all religious teachings is God’s Unity. Man’s loyalty, first and last, is to his Creator. All other loyalties proceed from, and are subject to, it. Even man’s loyalty to his parents is not allowed to clash with it.
2:84; 4:37; 6:152; 17:24; 19:15; 31:15; 46:16.
Commentary:
The alpha and omega of all religious teachings is God’s Unity. Man’s loyalty, first and last is to his Creator. All other loyalties proceed from, and are subject to, this supermost of all loyalties. Even man’s loyalty to his parents is not allowed to clash with it. No other Divine Scripture has laid so much emphasis on God’s Oneness as the Quran.
The immediate cause of the revelation of this verse is reported to have been that when Sa‘d bin Waqqas accepted Islam, his mother threatened to starve herself to death if he did not renounce the new Faith. There was a clash of loyalties, and Sa‘d, a firm believer as he was, refused to succumb to his mother’s entreaties and threats.
b
2:84; 4:37; 6:152; 17:24; 31:15; 46:16.
2
مطلب یہ نہیں کہ ان کی فرمانبرداری لازم نہیں رہی‘ بلکہ یہ ہے کہ اس خاص حکم میں فرمانبرداری نہ کر۔
b
2:84; 4:37; 6:152; 17:24; 19:15; 31:15; 46:16.
2946
Commentary:
The alpha and omega of all religious teachings is God’s Unity. Man’s loyalty, first and last is to his Creator. All other loyalties proceed from, and are subject to, this supermost of all loyalties. Even man’s loyalty to his parents is not allowed to clash with it. No other Divine Scripture has laid so much emphasis on God’s Oneness as the Quran.
The immediate cause of the revelation of this verse is reported to have been that when Sa‘d bin Waqqas accepted Islam, his mother threatened to starve herself to death if he did not renounce the new Faith. There was a clash of loyalties, and Sa‘d, a firm believer as he was, refused to succumb to his mother’s entreaties and threats.
c
2:84; 4:37; 6:152; 17:24; 31:15; 46:16.
2240
The alpha and omega of all religious teachings is God’s Unity. Man’s loyalty, first and last, is to his Creator. All other loyalties proceed from, and are subject to, it. Even man’s loyalty to his parents is not allowed to clash with it.
وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ لَنُدْخِلَنَّهُمْ فِى ٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ
14:24.
14:24.
14:24.
c
14:24.
a
14:24.
a
14:24.
وَمِنَ ٱلنَّاسِ مَن يَقُولُ ءَامَنَّا بِٱللَّهِ فَإِذَآ أُوذِىَ فِى ٱللَّهِ جَعَلَ فِتْنَةَ ٱلنَّاسِ كَعَذَابِ ٱللَّهِ وَلَئِن جَآءَ نَصْرٌ مِّن رَّبِّكَ لَيَقُولُنَّ إِنَّا كُنَّا مَعَكُمْ ۚ أَوَلَيْسَ ٱللَّهُ بِأَعْلَمَ بِمَا فِى صُدُورِ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
4:142.
4:142.
In contrast to the unflinching faith which early Muslims exhibited under the severest trials and which true believers have demonstrated in every age, there are always to be found in the ranks of believers persons so weak of faith that they flinch under ordinary privations and are ready rather to renounce their faith than suffer loss. On the other hand, they are always on the lookout to claim comradeship with believers when they see that Divine help is coming to them (believers) and the cause of Truth is gaining ground.
4:142.
Commentary:
In contrast to the unflinching faith which early Muslims exhibited under the severest trials and which true believers have demonstrated in every age, there are always persons so weak of faith that they flinch under ordinary privations and are ready rather to renounce their faith than suffer loss. On the other hand they are always on the lookout to claim comradeship with believers when they see that Divine help is coming to them (believers) and the cause of truth is gaining ground.
d
4:142.
b
4:142.
2947
Commentary:
In contrast to the unflinching faith which early Muslims exhibited under the severest trials and which true believers have demonstrated in every age, there are always persons so weak of faith that they flinch under ordinary privations and are ready rather to renounce their faith than suffer loss. On the other hand they are always on the lookout to claim comradeship with believers when they see that Divine help is coming to them (believers) and the cause of truth is gaining ground.
b
4:142.
2241
In contrast to the unflinching faith which early Muslims exhibited under the severest trials and which true believers have demonstrated in every age, there are always to be found in the ranks of believers persons so weak of faith that they flinch under ordinary privations and are ready rather to renounce their faith than suffer loss. On the other hand, they are always on the lookout to claim comradeship with believers when they see that Divine help is coming to them (believers) and the cause of Truth is gaining ground.
وَلَيَعْلَمَنَّ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَلَيَعْلَمَنَّ ٱلْمُنَٰفِقِينَ
3:142; 47:32.
3:142; 47:32.
3:142; 47:32.
Commentary:
As mentioned in the preceding verse it is God’s practice that in order to try the mettle of believers and to distinguish them from hypocrites He makes them pass through the crucible of fire and blood.
e
3:142; 47:32.
c
3:142; 47:32.
2948
Commentary:
As mentioned in the preceding verse it is God’s practice that in order to try the mettle of believers and to distinguish them from hypocrites He makes them pass through the crucible of fire and blood.
c
3:142; 47:32.
وَقَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ لِلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱتَّبِعُوا۟ سَبِيلَنَا وَلْنَحْمِلْ خَطَٰيَٰكُمْ وَمَا هُم بِحَٰمِلِينَ مِنْ خَطَٰيَٰهُم مِّن شَىْءٍ ۖ إِنَّهُمْ لَكَٰذِبُونَ
آیت میں واؤ کا لفظ آتا ہے جس کا ترجمہ ’’اور‘‘ ہوتا ہے لیکن چونکہ اُردو میں یہ بے معنے ہو جاتا ہے اس لئے ہم نے اس کا ترجمہ چھوڑ دیا ہے۔
14:22; 40:48.
Besides the hypocrites, there is another class of men, the aggressive leaders of disbelief, who, taking advantage of their own high social status, seek to mislead others who are not so highly placed in life, telling them that they will bear all the loss the latter will incur by accepting their lead and by refusing to accept the true new Faith.
14:22; 40:48.
Commentary:
Besides the hypocrites there is another class of men—the aggressive leaders of disbelief, who, taking advantage of their own high social status, seek to mislead others who are not so highly placed in life, telling them that they will bear all the loss the latter will incur by accepting their lead and by refusing to accept the true new Faith.
f
14:22; 40:48.
970
除了伪信的人以外, 还有另一类人--------不信者的那些放肆的首领--------他们利用自己在社会上较高的地位, 竭力想把那些生活地位并不高的人们引向歧途, 他们对后者说只是接受他们的领导并且拒绝接受真正新的宗教, 他们将承担后者所招致的一切损失。
1
آیت میں واؤ کا لفظ آتا ہے جس کا ترجمہ ’’اور‘‘ ہوتا ہے لیکن چونکہ اُردو میں یہ بے معنے ہو جاتا ہے اس لئے ہم نے اس کا ترجمہ چھوڑ دیا ہے۔
a
14:22; 40:48.
2949
Commentary:
Besides the hypocrites there is another class of men—the aggressive leaders of disbelief, who, taking advantage of their own high social status, seek to mislead others who are not so highly placed in life, telling them that they will bear all the loss the latter will incur by accepting their lead and by refusing to accept the true new Faith.
d
14:22; 40:48.
2242
Besides the hypocrites, there is another class of men, the aggressive leaders of disbelief, who, taking advantage of their own high social status, seek to mislead others who are not so highly placed in life, telling them that they will bear all the loss the latter will incur by accepting their lead and by refusing to accept the true new Faith.
وَلَيَحْمِلُنَّ أَثْقَالَهُمْ وَأَثْقَالًا مَّعَ أَثْقَالِهِمْ ۖ وَلَيُسْـَٔلُنَّ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ عَمَّا كَانُوا۟ يَفْتَرُونَ
16:26.
Commentary:
The verse alludes to the leaders of disbelief to whom a reference has also been made in the preceding verse and says that they will have to suffer the punishment for deluding and misleading others in addition to the punishment for their own disbelief and sins.
b
16:26.
2950
Commentary:
The verse alludes to the leaders of disbelief to whom a reference has also been made in the preceding verse and says that they will have to suffer the punishment for deluding and misleading others in addition to the punishment for their own disbelief and sins.
وَلَقَدْ أَرْسَلْنَا نُوحًا إِلَىٰ قَوْمِهِۦ فَلَبِثَ فِيهِمْ أَلْفَ سَنَةٍ إِلَّا خَمْسِينَ عَامًا فَأَخَذَهُمُ ٱلطُّوفَانُ وَهُمْ ظَٰلِمُونَ
这节经文中谈及努哈的年龄是九百五十岁。«圣经» 说他的年龄是952岁。很难确定那些古代的先知诸如努哈、呼德、撒利和其他先知生活的确切年代和实际年龄。«古兰经» 说, “除安拉以外无人知道他们” (14:10)。九百五十年这段时间看来不是努哈个人肉体生命的岁数。这看来是他的道统延续的年数。这样, 他的道统看来首先传到伊布拉欣时代, 因为伊布拉欣是 “他的宗派的人” (37:84), 然后传到尤素夫的时代, 然后传到甚至穆撒的时代。实际上, 一个先知的岁数是他道统和教义的年数。在说明努哈年龄的限度时用了 سَنَة (Sanah) 和 عَام (‘Am) 两个单词。前一个单词的基本意义具有 “坏” 的意思, 而后一个单词具有 “好” 的意思。这看来努哈道统开始的五十年是精神全面进步和复兴的时代, 此后就在思想道德方面开始衰落而他的族人的道德逐渐低落, 直到九百年时完全衰亡。
مرادنوحؑ کی عمر نہیں بلکہ ان کی نبوت کا زمانہ مراد ہے یا ان کی قوم کا وہ زمانہ مراد ہے جس میں وہ نیک رہی چنانچہ دوسری جگہ اللہ تعالیٰ نے حضرت ابراہیم علیہ السلام کے متعلق فرمایا ہے اِنَّ مِنْ شِیْعَتِہٖ لَاِبْرَاھِیْمَ (الصّٰفّٰت: ۸۴) یعنی ابراہیمؑ بھی نوحؑ کے اتباع میں سے تھے۔ پس نوحؑ کی عمر اول ابراہیمؑ تک لمبی ہوئی اور پھر حضرت یوسفؑ بلکہ حضرت موسیٰ علیہ السلام تک لمبی ہوئی۔
Here the age of Noah has been mentioned as 950 years. The Bible places it at 952. It is difficult to assign a definite date as to when the Prophets of antiquity, such as Noah, Hud, Salih and others lived and how long they lived. 'None knows them save Allah,' says the Qur’an (14:10). The period, nine hundred and fifty years, does not seem to be the span of Noah’s personal physical life. It seems to be the period of his Dispensation. Thus it seemed first to extend to Abraham’s ministry because Abraham 'was of his party' (37:84) and then to Joseph’s and then down even to that of Moses. In fact, the age of a Prophet is the age of his Dispensation and teaching. In describing the limit of Noah’s age, two words Sanah and ‘Am have been used. Whereas the root meaning of the former word possesses a sense of badness, that of the latter has a sense of goodness. It seems that the first fifty years of Noah’s Dispensation were years of all round spiritual progress and regeneration and that aft
Important Words:
سنة (year) is derived both from سنه and سنو. They say سنه الطعام i.e. the food rotted; or it rotted by the lapse of years. As derived from سنا یسنو this word (سنة) signifies "a simple revolution of the sun," i.e. a simple revolution of the earth round the sun. It is synonymous with عام (and also حول) with this difference that whereas every سنة is an عام every عام is not سنة. It is also said to be longer than the عام which is applied to the twelve Arabian months collectively; but سنة is also applied to twelve revolutions of the moon. According to Imam Raghib سنة is used as denoting a year in which there is difficulty, or drought or barrenness or dearth; and عام as denoting that in which is ampleness of the means or circumstances of life and abundance of herbage or the like. سنة also means, drought or barrenness or vehement or intense drought. أصابتھم السنة means, drought, etc. befell them. سنة سنھاءmeans, a year in which there is no herbage or rain. سنة سنواء means, a hard, rigorous or distressing year (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
In the verse under comment the age of Noah has been mentioned as 950 years. The Bible gives 952 years as his age. But it is difficult to assign a definite date as to when the Prophets of antiquity, such as Noah, Hud, Salih, etc. lived and how long they lived. "None knows them save Allah," says the Quran (14:10). Nine hundred and fifty years does not seem to be the span of Noah’s life but the period of his Dispensation. In fact, the age of a Prophet is the age of his Dispensation and teaching. It is in this sense that we call the Holy Prophet Muhammad the ever-living Prophet and Islam the everlasting religion. It appears from the Quran (37:84) that Abraham was a follower of Noah. This means that Noah’s period continued up to the time of Abraham or even to that of Joseph or of Moses.
Noah’s Dispensation seems to have lasted about 950 years. In describing the limit of Noah’s age two words سنة and عام have been used. Whereas the root meaning of the former word possesses a sense of badness, that of latter has a sense of goodness. It seems that the first fifty years of Noah’s Dispensation were years of all-round spiritual progress and regeneration and after that moral decadence and degeneration set in and his people gradually became degraded morally, till their degeneration became complete in nine hundred years.
971
这节经文中谈及努哈的年龄是九百五十岁。«圣经» 说他的年龄是952岁。很难确定那些古代的先知诸如努哈、呼德、撒利和其他先知生活的确切年代和实际年龄。«古兰经» 说, “除安拉以外无人知道他们” (14:10)。九百五十年这段时间看来不是努哈个人肉体生命的岁数。这看来是他的道统延续的年数。这样, 他的道统看来首先传到伊布拉欣时代, 因为伊布拉欣是 “他的宗派的人” (37:84), 然后传到尤素夫的时代, 然后传到甚至穆撒的时代。实际上, 一个先知的岁数是他道统和教义的年数。在说明努哈年龄的限度时用了 سَنَة (Sanah) 和 عَام (‘Am) 两个单词。前一个单词的基本意义具有 “坏” 的意思, 而后一个单词具有 “好” 的意思。这看来努哈道统开始的五十年是精神全面进步和复兴的时代, 此后就在思想道德方面开始衰落而他的族人的道德逐渐低落, 直到九百年时完全衰亡。
2
مرادنوحؑ کی عمر نہیں بلکہ ان کی نبوت کا زمانہ مراد ہے یا ان کی قوم کا وہ زمانہ مراد ہے جس میں وہ نیک رہی چنانچہ دوسری جگہ اللہ تعالیٰ نے حضرت ابراہیم علیہ السلام کے متعلق فرمایا ہے اِنَّ مِنْ شِیْعَتِہٖ لَاِبْرَاھِیْمَ (الصّٰفّٰت: ۸۴) یعنی ابراہیمؑ بھی نوحؑ کے اتباع میں سے تھے۔ پس نوحؑ کی عمر اول ابراہیمؑ تک لمبی ہوئی اور پھر حضرت یوسفؑ بلکہ حضرت موسیٰ علیہ السلام تک لمبی ہوئی۔
2951
Important Words:
سنة (year) is derived both from سنه and سنو. They say سنه الطعام i.e. the food rotted; or it rotted by the lapse of years. As derived from سنا یسنو this word (سنة) signifies "a simple revolution of the sun," i.e. a simple revolution of the earth round the sun. It is synonymous with عام (and also حول) with this difference that whereas every سنة is an عام every عام is not سنة. It is also said to be longer than the عام which is applied to the twelve Arabian months collectively; but سنة is also applied to twelve revolutions of the moon. According to Imam Raghib سنة is used as denoting a year in which there is difficulty, or drought or barrenness or dearth; and عام as denoting that in which is ampleness of the means or circumstances of life and abundance of herbage or the like. سنة also means, drought or barrenness or vehement or intense drought. أصابتھم السنة means, drought, etc. befell them. سنة سنھاءmeans, a year in which there is no herbage or rain. سنة سنواء means, a hard, rigorous or distressing year (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
In the verse under comment the age of Noah has been mentioned as 950 years. The Bible gives 952 years as his age. But it is difficult to assign a definite date as to when the Prophets of antiquity, such as Noah, Hud, Salih, etc. lived and how long they lived. "None knows them save Allah," says the Quran (14:10). Nine hundred and fifty years does not seem to be the span of Noah’s life but the period of his Dispensation. In fact, the age of a Prophet is the age of his Dispensation and teaching. It is in this sense that we call the Holy Prophet Muhammad the ever-living Prophet and Islam the everlasting religion. It appears from the Quran (37:84) that Abraham was a follower of Noah. This means that Noah’s period continued up to the time of Abraham or even to that of Joseph or of Moses.
Noah’s Dispensation seems to have lasted about 950 years. In describing the limit of Noah’s age two words سنة and عام have been used. Whereas the root meaning of the former word possesses a sense of badness, that of latter has a sense of goodness. It seems that the first fifty years of Noah’s Dispensation were years of all-round spiritual progress and regeneration and after that moral decadence and degeneration set in and his people gradually became degraded morally, till their degeneration became complete in nine hundred years.
2243
Here the age of Noah has been mentioned as 950 years. The Bible places it at 952. It is difficult to assign a definite date as to when the Prophets of antiquity, such as Noah, Hud, Salih and others lived and how long they lived. 'None knows them save Allah,' says the Qur’an (14:10). The period, nine hundred and fifty years, does not seem to be the span of Noah’s personal physical life. It seems to be the period of his Dispensation. Thus it seemed first to extend to Abraham’s ministry because Abraham 'was of his party' (37:84) and then to Joseph’s and then down even to that of Moses. In fact, the age of a Prophet is the age of his Dispensation and teaching. In describing the limit of Noah’s age, two words Sanah and ‘Am have been used. Whereas the root meaning of the former word possesses a sense of badness, that of the latter has a sense of goodness. It seems that the first fifty years of Noah’s Dispensation were years of all round spiritual progress and regeneration and that aft
فَأَنجَيْنَٰهُ وَأَصْحَٰبَ ٱلسَّفِينَةِ وَجَعَلْنَٰهَآ ءَايَةً لِّلْعَٰلَمِينَ
10:74; 11:42.
10:74; 11:42.
a
10:74; 11:42.
a
10:74; 11:42.
b
23:31.
a
10:74; 11:42.
وَإِبْرَٰهِيمَ إِذْ قَالَ لِقَوْمِهِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَٱتَّقُوهُ ۖ ذَٰلِكُمْ خَيْرٌ لَّكُمْ إِن كُنتُمْ تَعْلَمُونَ
إِنَّمَا تَعْبُدُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ أَوْثَٰنًا وَتَخْلُقُونَ إِفْكًا ۚ إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ تَعْبُدُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ لَا يَمْلِكُونَ لَكُمْ رِزْقًا فَٱبْتَغُوا۟ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرِّزْقَ وَٱعْبُدُوهُ وَٱشْكُرُوا۟ لَهُۥٓ ۖ إِلَيْهِ تُرْجَعُونَ
22:72.
22:72.
10:19; 16:72; 22:72.
Important Words:
تخلقون أفکا (you forge lies). تخلقون is formed from خلق. They say خلقه i.e. he measured it, or he determined its measure, or proportion, he designed, or fashioned, or planned it; he made it according to a certain measure, or design; He (God) created it; He originated it; he forged a story or lie; he fabricated a saying. An Arab would say حدثنا فلان بأحادیث الخلق i.e. such a one related to us fictitious stories (Lane & Aqrab). See also 3:50 & 26:138.
a
22:72.
a
10:19; 16:72; 22:72.
2952
Important Words:
تخلقون أفکا (you forge lies). تخلقون is formed from خلق. They say خلقه i.e. he measured it, or he determined its measure, or proportion, he designed, or fashioned, or planned it; he made it according to a certain measure, or design; He (God) created it; He originated it; he forged a story or lie; he fabricated a saying. An Arab would say حدثنا فلان بأحادیث الخلق i.e. such a one related to us fictitious stories (Lane & Aqrab). See also 3:50 & 26:138.
b
22:72.
وَإِن تُكَذِّبُوا۟ فَقَدْ كَذَّبَ أُمَمٌ مِّن قَبْلِكُمْ ۖ وَمَا عَلَى ٱلرَّسُولِ إِلَّا ٱلْبَلَٰغُ ٱلْمُبِينُ
16:36; 24:55; 36:18.
16:36; 24:55; 36:18.
16:36; 24:55; 36:18.
Commentary:
After citing the cases of Noah and Abraham, the Surah proceeds to comfort the Holy Prophet that if he has been rejected and accused of falsehood, great Prophets before him like Noah and Abraham were also rejected.
b
16:36; 24:55; 36:18.
b
16:36; 24:55; 36:18.
2953
Commentary:
After citing the cases of Noah and Abraham, the Surah proceeds to comfort the Holy Prophet that if he has been rejected and accused of falsehood, great Prophets before him like Noah and Abraham were also rejected.
c
16:36; 24:55; 36:18.
أَوَلَمْ يَرَوْا۟ كَيْفَ يُبْدِئُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْخَلْقَ ثُمَّ يُعِيدُهُۥٓ ۚ إِنَّ ذَٰلِكَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ يَسِيرٌ
عَلٰی کے معنے لام کے بھی آتے ہیں جس کے معنے ’’لیے‘‘ کے ہوتے ہیں اور وہی معنے اس جگہ اختیار کیے گئے ہیں۔
10:35; 21:105; 27:65; 30:12, 28.
The verse signifies that the Divine law of creation and reproduction will work in this way that God would create through the Holy Prophet a new humanity and a new order on the ashes of the old one.
10:35; 21:105; 27:65; 30:12, 28.
Commentary:
In this verse the attention of disbelievers is drawn to the divine law of creation and reproduction and they are told that God has designed and decreed that He would create through the Holy Prophet a new humanity and a new order on the ashes of the old one, and that if they persisted in their rejection of him they will be doomed and another people will take their place.
c
10:35; 21:105; 27:65; 30:12, 28.
972
这节经文意示安拉的创造和再创造法则将这样地起作用: 安拉将通过穆圣在旧的人类和旧的秩序的废墟上创造出一个新的人类和新的秩序。
1
عَلٰی کے معنے لام کے بھی آتے ہیں جس کے معنے ’’لیے‘‘ کے ہوتے ہیں اور وہی معنے اس جگہ اختیار کیے گئے ہیں۔
c
10:35; 21:105; 27:65; 30:12, 28.
2954
Commentary:
In this verse the attention of disbelievers is drawn to the divine law of creation and reproduction and they are told that God has designed and decreed that He would create through the Holy Prophet a new humanity and a new order on the ashes of the old one, and that if they persisted in their rejection of him they will be doomed and another people will take their place.
d
10:35; 21:105; 27:65; 30:12, 28.
2244
The verse signifies that the Divine law of creation and reproduction will work in this way that God would create through the Holy Prophet a new humanity and a new order on the ashes of the old one.
قُلْ سِيرُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ فَٱنظُرُوا۟ كَيْفَ بَدَأَ ٱلْخَلْقَ ۚ ثُمَّ ٱللَّهُ يُنشِئُ ٱلنَّشْأَةَ ٱلْءَاخِرَةَ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ
اس جگہ آخرت کا ذکر نہیں بلکہ اس دنیا کا ذکر ہے اور اس دنیا میں مردے زندہ ہو کر نہیں آتے۔ پس یہ آیت ایک واضح ثبوت ہے اس بات کا کہ پیدائش اول سے مراد قوموں کو تمکنت بخشنا اور پیدائش ثانی سے مراد غالب قوموں کے زوال کے بعد پھر دوبارہ ان میں بیداری پیدا کرنا ہے۔ اس کے یہ معنے نہیں کہ اُخروی زندگی ہے ہی نہیں۔ بلکہ ہمارا یہ مطلب ہے کہ اس آیت میں اس دنیا میں قوموں کے اتار چڑھاؤ کا ذکر ہے جیسا کہ سِیْرُوْا فِی الْاَرْضِ کے الفاظ سے اور ان الفاظ سے ظاہر ہے کہ دنیا پر غور کرو کہ کس طرح اللہ تعالیٰ نے پہلی دفعہ پیدائش کا کام شروع کیا۔ اور مرنے کے بعد پھر دوبارہ زندگی دینی شروع
10:5; 30:28.
The expression has been used at several places in the Qur’an (6:12; 12:110; 30:10; 35:45; 40:83), and almost everywhere it has been followed by a sentence which points to the destruction of one people and the creation of another in their place. The verse does not refer to the Resurrection after death, but only to the phenomenon of the rise and fall of nations.
10:5; 30:28.
Commentary:
The theme of the preceding verse has further been developed in this verse and the disbelievers are told just to have a glance over the histories of the nations that lived in the past and see that when God intended to create a new order and a new nation, He raised a new Prophet, and when his people rejected him they were destroyed and another people took their place. The Holy Prophet’s rejecters are thus warned that if they did not take a lesson from the fate of the rejecters of former Prophets they will also come to history of all religions that rejection of the Divine Message always has landed the disbelievers into ruin.
The expressions سیروا فی الارض (travel in the land) and أولم یسیروا فی الارض (have they not travelled in the land) have been used at several places in the Quran (6:12; 12:110; 30:10; 35:45; 40:83), and almost everywhere they have been followed by a sentence which points to the terrible fate which the rejecters of the Divine Message had met. This shows that in the present case also where this expression has been followed by the words "then see how He originated the creation, then will Allah create the latter creation," it points to the destruction of one people and the creation of another in their place. Thus the verse does not refer to the Resurrection after death. It only draws attention to the phenomenon of the rise and decline of nations and their rise after their decline.
d
10:5; 30:28.
973
这一用语被使用在 «古兰经» 中好几处 (6:12; 12:110; 30:10; 35:45; 40:83) 而且几乎每处之后都有一句指出创造另一个民族来代替一个毁灭了的民族。这节经文并没有谈及死后复生, 只谈了民族兴衰的现象。
2
اس جگہ آخرت کا ذکر نہیں بلکہ اس دنیا کا ذکر ہے اور اس دنیا میں مردے زندہ ہو کر نہیں آتے۔ پس یہ آیت ایک واضح ثبوت ہے اس بات کا کہ پیدائش اول سے مراد قوموں کو تمکنت بخشنا اور پیدائش ثانی سے مراد غالب قوموں کے زوال کے بعد پھر دوبارہ ان میں بیداری پیدا کرنا ہے۔ اس کے یہ معنے نہیں کہ اُخروی زندگی ہے ہی نہیں۔ بلکہ ہمارا یہ مطلب ہے کہ اس آیت میں اس دنیا میں قوموں کے اتار چڑھاؤ کا ذکر ہے جیسا کہ سِیْرُوْا فِی الْاَرْضِ کے الفاظ سے اور ان الفاظ سے ظاہر ہے کہ دنیا پر غور کرو کہ کس طرح اللہ تعالیٰ نے پہلی دفعہ پیدائش کا کام شروع کیا۔ اور مرنے کے بعد پھر دوبارہ زندگی دینی شروع
a
10:5; 30:28.
2955
Commentary:
The theme of the preceding verse has further been developed in this verse and the disbelievers are told just to have a glance over the histories of the nations that lived in the past and see that when God intended to create a new order and a new nation, He raised a new Prophet, and when his people rejected him they were destroyed and another people took their place. The Holy Prophet’s rejecters are thus warned that if they did not take a lesson from the fate of the rejecters of former Prophets they will also come to history of all religions that rejection of the Divine Message always has landed the disbelievers into ruin.
The expressions سیروا فی الارض (travel in the land) and أولم یسیروا فی الارض (have they not travelled in the land) have been used at several places in the Quran (6:12; 12:110; 30:10; 35:45; 40:83), and almost everywhere they have been followed by a sentence which points to the terrible fate which the rejecters of the Divine Message had met. This shows that in the present case also where this expression has been followed by the words "then see how He originated the creation, then will Allah create the latter creation," it points to the destruction of one people and the creation of another in their place. Thus the verse does not refer to the Resurrection after death. It only draws attention to the phenomenon of the rise and decline of nations and their rise after their decline.
a
10:5; 30:28.
2245
The expression has been used at several places in the Qur’an (6:12; 12:110; 30:10; 35:45; 40:83), and almost everywhere it has been followed by a sentence which points to the destruction of one people and the creation of another in their place. The verse does not refer to the Resurrection after death, but only to the phenomenon of the rise and fall of nations.
يُعَذِّبُ مَن يَشَآءُ وَيَرْحَمُ مَن يَشَآءُ ۖ وَإِلَيْهِ تُقْلَبُونَ
قرآن کریم کی دوسری آیات سے ثابت ہے کہ عذاب اللہ تعالیٰ اسی کو دیتا ہے جو مستحق ہوتا ہے۔ پس اس آیت کے معنے یہ ہیں کہ اس کا علم کامل جس شخص یا قوم کو عذاب کا مستحق قرار دیتا ہے اس کو عذاب دیتا ہے نہ یہ کہ اندھا دھند بغیر استحقاق کے عذاب دیتا ہے۔
3:129; 5:41; 17:55.
Commentary:
As stated in many places in the Quran, God does not punish arbitrarily but only after punishment has been fully deserved. This verse only means that God in His perfect knowledge well knows who has deserved punishment, and He punishes accordingly.
a
3:129; 5:41; 17:55.
974
正如 «古兰经» 中好几处所说的那样, 安拉不是任意惩罚的, 而是在实在应受惩罚时才给以惩罚。这节经文只是强调这一情况而已。
3
قرآن کریم کی دوسری آیات سے ثابت ہے کہ عذاب اللہ تعالیٰ اسی کو دیتا ہے جو مستحق ہوتا ہے۔ پس اس آیت کے معنے یہ ہیں کہ اس کا علم کامل جس شخص یا قوم کو عذاب کا مستحق قرار دیتا ہے اس کو عذاب دیتا ہے نہ یہ کہ اندھا دھند بغیر استحقاق کے عذاب دیتا ہے۔
b
3:129; 5:41; 17:55.
2955A
Commentary:
As stated in many places in the Quran, God does not punish arbitrarily but only after punishment has been fully deserved. This verse only means that God in His perfect knowledge well knows who has deserved punishment, and He punishes accordingly.
b
3:129; 5:41; 17:55.
2245A
As stated at several places in the Qur’an, God does not punish arbitrarily but only after punishment has been fully deserved. The verse only emphasizes this fact.
وَمَآ أَنتُم بِمُعْجِزِينَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَا فِى ٱلسَّمَآءِ ۖ وَمَا لَكُم مِّن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ مِن وَلِىٍّ وَلَا نَصِيرٍ
10:54; 11:34; 42:32.
Disbelievers are most emphatically warned that they cannot frustrate God’s plan and avert the terrible fate that is in store for them as the Divine decree has gone forth that Islam shall make progress and its cause shall triumph.
10:54; 11:34; 42:32.
Commentary:
The warning is conveyed to disbelievers in yet more emphatic words in this verse, that they cannot frustrate God’s plan, and avert the terrible fate that is in store for them as the Divine decree has issued forth that Islam shall make progress and its cause shall triumph.
b
10:54; 11:34; 42:32.
975
不信的人受到最严重的警告说, 他们是不可能破坏安拉的计划和避免给他们准备着的可怕命运的, 因为安拉的命令宣布说, 伊斯兰教一定发展以及它的事业必然胜利。
c
10:54; 11:34; 42:32.
2956
Commentary:
The warning is conveyed to disbelievers in yet more emphatic words in this verse, that they cannot frustrate God’s plan, and avert the terrible fate that is in store for them as the Divine decree has issued forth that Islam shall make progress and its cause shall triumph.
c
10:54; 11:34; 42:32.
2246
Disbelievers are most emphatically warned that they cannot frustrate God’s plan and avert the terrible fate that is in store for them as the Divine decree has gone forth that Islam shall make progress and its cause shall triumph.
وَٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ وَلِقَآئِهِۦٓ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ يَئِسُوا۟ مِن رَّحْمَتِى وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ لَهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ
18:106; 30:17; 32:11.
اصل میں تو اللہ تعالیٰ کی ملاقات مومنوں کو ہوتی ہے۔ مگر کافروں کے لئے وہ عذاب کی صورت میں ظاہر ہوتی ہے۔ اور جب کبھی ان کے دل میں ندامت پیدا ہو تو رحم اور معافی کی تدبیروں کے ذریعہ سے ظاہر ہوتی ہے۔ پس اس آیت کا مطلب یہ ہے کہ جو لوگ اللہ تعالیٰ کی ملاقات کے منکر ہوتے ہیں درحقیقت وہ یہ سمجھتے ہیں کہ خداتعالیٰ کبھی ہمیں معاف نہیں کرے گا اور رحمت کے ذریعہ سے اپنا جلوہ ہم پر ظاہر نہیں کرے گا۔ پس خداتعالیٰ بھی ان کے یقین کے مطابق ان سے سلوک کرتا ہے اور دردناک عذاب میں مبتلا کرتا ہے۔
18:106; 30:17; 32:11.
18:106; 30:17; 32:11.
c
18:106; 30:17; 32:11.
4
اصل میں تو اللہ تعالیٰ کی ملاقات مومنوں کو ہوتی ہے۔ مگر کافروں کے لئے وہ عذاب کی صورت میں ظاہر ہوتی ہے۔ اور جب کبھی ان کے دل میں ندامت پیدا ہو تو رحم اور معافی کی تدبیروں کے ذریعہ سے ظاہر ہوتی ہے۔ پس اس آیت کا مطلب یہ ہے کہ جو لوگ اللہ تعالیٰ کی ملاقات کے منکر ہوتے ہیں درحقیقت وہ یہ سمجھتے ہیں کہ خداتعالیٰ کبھی ہمیں معاف نہیں کرے گا اور رحمت کے ذریعہ سے اپنا جلوہ ہم پر ظاہر نہیں کرے گا۔ پس خداتعالیٰ بھی ان کے یقین کے مطابق ان سے سلوک کرتا ہے اور دردناک عذاب میں مبتلا کرتا ہے۔
a
18:106; 30:17; 32:11.
d
18:106; 30:17; 32:11.
فَمَا كَانَ جَوَابَ قَوْمِهِۦٓ إِلَّآ أَن قَالُوا۟ ٱقْتُلُوهُ أَوْ حَرِّقُوهُ فَأَنجَىٰهُ ٱللَّهُ مِنَ ٱلنَّارِ ۚ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَءَايَٰتٍ لِّقَوْمٍ يُؤْمِنُونَ
21:69; 37:98.
21:69; 37:98.
Abraham’s account began with the 17th verse and in the 18th verse he gave strong arguments in refutation of Shirk. From 19th to 24th verse, in consonance with the Quranic style and practice which adds to its elegance and beauty, a digression intervened and a great religious principle was briefly discussed in relation to the Holy Prophet. The principle discussed was that when one nation, as a result of its rejection of the Divine Message, falls a victim to decay and decadence another people takes its place. From this verse the thread is taken up of Abraham’s story.
21:69; 37:98.
Commentary:
Abraham’s account began with the 17th verse and in the 18th verse he gave strong arguments in refutation of Shirk. From the 19th to 24th verse, in consonance with the Quranic style and practice which adds to its elegance and beauty, a digression intervened and a great religious principle was briefly discussed in relation to the Holy Prophet. The principle discussed was that when one nation, as the result of its rejection of the Divine Message, falls a victim to decay and decadence another people takes its place. From this verse the thread is taken up of Abraham’s story.
d
21:69; 37:98.
b
21:69; 37:98.
2957
Commentary:
Abraham’s account began with the 17th verse and in the 18th verse he gave strong arguments in refutation of Shirk. From the 19th to 24th verse, in consonance with the Quranic style and practice which adds to its elegance and beauty, a digression intervened and a great religious principle was briefly discussed in relation to the Holy Prophet. The principle discussed was that when one nation, as the result of its rejection of the Divine Message, falls a victim to decay and decadence another people takes its place. From this verse the thread is taken up of Abraham’s story.
a
21:69; 37:98.
2247
Abraham’s account began with the 17th verse and in the 18th verse he gave strong arguments in refutation of Shirk. From 19th to 24th verse, in consonance with the Quranic style and practice which adds to its elegance and beauty, a digression intervened and a great religious principle was briefly discussed in relation to the Holy Prophet. The principle discussed was that when one nation, as a result of its rejection of the Divine Message, falls a victim to decay and decadence another people takes its place. From this verse the thread is taken up of Abraham’s story.
وَقَالَ إِنَّمَا ٱتَّخَذْتُم مِّن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ أَوْثَٰنًا مَّوَدَّةَ بَيْنِكُمْ فِى ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا ۖ ثُمَّ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ يَكْفُرُ بَعْضُكُم بِبَعْضٍ وَيَلْعَنُ بَعْضُكُم بَعْضًا وَمَأْوَىٰكُمُ ٱلنَّارُ وَمَا لَكُم مِّن نَّٰصِرِينَ
16:87.
یعنی تمہارا مذہب دلیل پر مبنی نہیں بلکہ اپنی قوم کے لوگوں کو اپنی طرف مائل کرنے کے لئے ہے۔ سچا دین ہمیشہ دلیلوں پر قائم ہوتا ہے۔ مگر کفار کے دین کی بنیاد اس بات پر ہوتی ہے کہ دنیا کے لوگ خوش ہو جائیں خواہ خداتعالیٰ ناراض ہی ہو جائے۔ لیکن اس کے نتیجہ میں اس دنیا میں بھی ایسا وقت آتا ہے کہ جن کو خوش کرنے کے لئے کافر سچائی کا انکار کرتے ہیں وہی ان کے مخالف ہو جاتے ہیں اور اگلے جہان میں بھی ایسا وقت آئے گا۔ اور یہ دنیا کے دوست اس وقت کوئی کام نہ دیں گے۔
16:87.
The expression, Mawaddata Bainikum, may mean: (1) Social relations or the desire to win each other’s love are the basis of your idolatrous ideals and practices. (2) You have made your idolatrous beliefs and practices the foundation of your love with each other, i.e. you have made the identity of your idolatrous beliefs the means to preserve the homogeneity of your community.
16:87.
Commentary:
The expression مودة بینکم may be interpreted as follows:
(1) Social relations or the desire to win each other’s love and not reason or sound arguments are the basis of your idolatrous ideals and practices; or
(2) you have made your idolatrous beliefs and practices the foundation of your love with each other, i.e. you have made the identity of your idolatrous beliefs the means to preserve the homogeneity of your community; or
(3) your idolatrous practices have proceeded from your love of each other, i.e. first you conceived love and affection for some persons and then let that love degenerate into their worship.
e
16:87.
1
یعنی تمہارا مذہب دلیل پر مبنی نہیں بلکہ اپنی قوم کے لوگوں کو اپنی طرف مائل کرنے کے لئے ہے۔ سچا دین ہمیشہ دلیلوں پر قائم ہوتا ہے۔ مگر کفار کے دین کی بنیاد اس بات پر ہوتی ہے کہ دنیا کے لوگ خوش ہو جائیں خواہ خداتعالیٰ ناراض ہی ہو جائے۔ لیکن اس کے نتیجہ میں اس دنیا میں بھی ایسا وقت آتا ہے کہ جن کو خوش کرنے کے لئے کافر سچائی کا انکار کرتے ہیں وہی ان کے مخالف ہو جاتے ہیں اور اگلے جہان میں بھی ایسا وقت آئے گا۔ اور یہ دنیا کے دوست اس وقت کوئی کام نہ دیں گے۔
a
16:87.
2958
Commentary:
The expression مودة بینکم may be interpreted as follows:
(1) Social relations or the desire to win each other’s love and not reason or sound arguments are the basis of your idolatrous ideals and practices; or
(2) you have made your idolatrous beliefs and practices the foundation of your love with each other, i.e. you have made the identity of your idolatrous beliefs the means to preserve the homogeneity of your community; or
(3) your idolatrous practices have proceeded from your love of each other, i.e. first you conceived love and affection for some persons and then let that love degenerate into their worship.
b
16:87.
2248
The expression, Mawaddata Bainikum, may mean: (1) Social relations or the desire to win each other’s love are the basis of your idolatrous ideals and practices. (2) You have made your idolatrous beliefs and practices the foundation of your love with each other, i.e. you have made the identity of your idolatrous beliefs the means to preserve the homogeneity of your community.
۞ فَـَٔامَنَ لَهُۥ لُوطٌ ۘ وَقَالَ إِنِّى مُهَاجِرٌ إِلَىٰ رَبِّىٓ ۖ إِنَّهُۥ هُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلْحَكِيمُ
19:49.
یعنی ہجرت کے ارادہ کا اعلان کر دیا۔
19:49.
19:49.
Commentary:
The verse may mean that Abraham left his home in Ur in Iraq and migrated to Palestine, or the migration referred to in the verse may have been spiritual. As it appears from 19:49, 37:100 & 60:5, Abraham had, for some time, to sever all connections with his people on account of the severe opposition he met at their hands.
a
19:49.
2
یعنی ہجرت کے ارادہ کا اعلان کر دیا۔
b
19:49.
2959
Commentary:
The verse may mean that Abraham left his home in Ur in Iraq and migrated to Palestine, or the migration referred to in the verse may have been spiritual. As it appears from 19:49, 37:100 & 60:5, Abraham had, for some time, to sever all connections with his people on account of the severe opposition he met at their hands.
c
19:49.
وَوَهَبْنَا لَهُۥٓ إِسْحَٰقَ وَيَعْقُوبَ وَجَعَلْنَا فِى ذُرِّيَّتِهِ ٱلنُّبُوَّةَ وَٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَءَاتَيْنَٰهُ أَجْرَهُۥ فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا ۖ وَإِنَّهُۥ فِى ٱلْءَاخِرَةِ لَمِنَ ٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ
یہ جو حضرت ابراہیم علیہ السلام کے متعلق کہا گیا ہے کہ اِنَّہٗ فِی الْاٰخِرَۃِ لَمِنَ الصَّالِحِیْنَ اس کے ایک معنے تو یہ ہیں کہ آخری زمانہ میں بھی ابراہیمؑ کو لوگ بہت نیک قرار دیں گے۔ چنانچہ اس آخری زمانہ میں بھی جو امتیں قائم ہیں وہ ساری کی ساری حضرت ابراہیم علیہ السلام کو مانتی ہیں۔ یعنی مسلمان بھی‘ یہودی بھی اور عیسائی بھی۔ دوسرے معنے اس کے یہ ہیں کہ ساعت ِ آخرت میں جو بُروزِ ابراہیمؑ ظاہر ہوگا وہ بھی خدا کے نزدیک اپنے کام کا اہل ہوگا۔ اور اس پر اعتراض کرنے والے غلطی کریں گے۔
b
19:50; 21:73; 37:113.
c
2:131; 16:123.
3
یہ جو حضرت ابراہیم علیہ السلام کے متعلق کہا گیا ہے کہ اِنَّہٗ فِی الْاٰخِرَۃِ لَمِنَ الصَّالِحِیْنَ اس کے ایک معنے تو یہ ہیں کہ آخری زمانہ میں بھی ابراہیمؑ کو لوگ بہت نیک قرار دیں گے۔ چنانچہ اس آخری زمانہ میں بھی جو امتیں قائم ہیں وہ ساری کی ساری حضرت ابراہیم علیہ السلام کو مانتی ہیں۔ یعنی مسلمان بھی‘ یہودی بھی اور عیسائی بھی۔ دوسرے معنے اس کے یہ ہیں کہ ساعت ِ آخرت میں جو بُروزِ ابراہیمؑ ظاہر ہوگا وہ بھی خدا کے نزدیک اپنے کام کا اہل ہوگا۔ اور اس پر اعتراض کرنے والے غلطی کریں گے۔
c
11:72; 19:50; 21:73; 37:113.
d
2:131; 16:123.
a
19:50; 21:73; 37:113.
b
2:131; 16:123.
وَلُوطًا إِذْ قَالَ لِقَوْمِهِۦٓ إِنَّكُمْ لَتَأْتُونَ ٱلْفَٰحِشَةَ مَا سَبَقَكُم بِهَا مِنْ أَحَدٍ مِّنَ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
7:81; 11:79.
7:81; 11:79.
7:81; 11:79.
d
7:81; 11:79.
e
7:81; 11:79.
c
7:81; 11:79.
أَئِنَّكُمْ لَتَأْتُونَ ٱلرِّجَالَ وَتَقْطَعُونَ ٱلسَّبِيلَ وَتَأْتُونَ فِى نَادِيكُمُ ٱلْمُنكَرَ ۖ فَمَا كَانَ جَوَابَ قَوْمِهِۦٓ إِلَّآ أَن قَالُوا۟ ٱئْتِنَا بِعَذَابِ ٱللَّهِ إِن كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلصَّٰدِقِينَ
7:82; 11:79; 26:166.
یعنی مسافروں سے ہنسی مذاق کرتے یا ان پر ظلم کرتے ہو۔
7:82; 11:79; 26:166.
Qata‘ut-Tariqa meaning, he made the way dangerous for wayfarers and forbade them to use it, the Quranic expression signifies: (a) You rob travellers on the highway (Lot’s people had adopted the calling of the road). (b) You violate the Divinely appointed sex-laws and commit unnatural offences.
Three vices have been ascribed to the people of Lot in this verse, (1) unnatural vice; (2) highway robbery; (3) committing crimes openly and unashamedly in their assemblies.
7:82; 11:79; 26:166.
Important Words
تقطعون (commit robbery) is formed from قطع. They say قطع الشیء i.e. he cut off the thing; explained and expounded it. قطعه عن حقه means, he deprived him of his right. قطع الصلوة means, he rendered the Prayer nugatory.
قطع الطریق علی السالکین means, he made the way dangerous to the wayfarers and forbade them to use it (Aqrab).
Commentary:
The expression تقطعون السبیل means:
(a) you rob travellers on the highway. Lot’s people had adopted the calling of the road; or
(b) you violate the Divinely appointed sex-laws and commit unnatural offences.
Three vices have been ascribed to the people of Lot in this verse: (1) unnatural vice; (2) highway robbery; and (3) committing crimes openly and unashamedly in their assemblies.
e
7:82; 11:79; 26:166.
1
یعنی مسافروں سے ہنسی مذاق کرتے یا ان پر ظلم کرتے ہو۔
a
7:82; 11:79; 26:166.
2960
Important Words
تقطعون (commit robbery) is formed from قطع. They say قطع الشیء i.e. he cut off the thing; explained and expounded it. قطعه عن حقه means, he deprived him of his right. قطع الصلوة means, he rendered the Prayer nugatory.
قطع الطریق علی السالکین means, he made the way dangerous to the wayfarers and forbade them to use it (Aqrab).
Commentary:
The expression تقطعون السبیل means:
(a) you rob travellers on the highway. Lot’s people had adopted the calling of the road; or
(b) you violate the Divinely appointed sex-laws and commit unnatural offences.
Three vices have been ascribed to the people of Lot in this verse: (1) unnatural vice; (2) highway robbery; and (3) committing crimes openly and unashamedly in their assemblies.
d
7:82; 11:79; 26:166.
2249
Qata‘ut-Tariqa meaning, he made the way dangerous for wayfarers and forbade them to use it, the Quranic expression signifies: (a) You rob travellers on the highway (Lot’s people had adopted the calling of the road). (b) You violate the Divinely appointed sex-laws and commit unnatural offences.
2250
Three vices have been ascribed to the people of Lot in this verse, (1) unnatural vice; (2) highway robbery; (3) committing crimes openly and unashamedly in their assemblies.
قَالَ رَبِّ ٱنصُرْنِى عَلَى ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَ
26:170.
26:170.
26:170.
f
26:170.
b
26:170.
e
26:170.
وَلَمَّا جَآءَتْ رُسُلُنَآ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ بِٱلْبُشْرَىٰ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّا مُهْلِكُوٓا۟ أَهْلِ هَٰذِهِ ٱلْقَرْيَةِ ۖ إِنَّ أَهْلَهَا كَانُوا۟ ظَٰلِمِينَ
11:70, 71.
آیت کے الفاظ یہ ہیں کہ ابراہیمؑ کے پاس ہمارے رسول بُشْرٰی لائے۔ اور اردو میں بُشْرٰی کا لفظ بشارت یعنی خوشخبری کے معنوں میں استعمال ہوتا ہے۔ حالانکہ آگے چل کر انہوں نے خبر یہ دی ہے کہ ہم اس بستی کے لوگوں کو ہلاک کرنے والے ہیں۔ جو بظاہر ایک ُبری خبر ہے۔ اس کی وجہ یہ ہے کہ عربی زبان میں بُشْرٰی کے معنے ایک بڑی اور اہم خبر کے ہوتے ہیں۔ جس کا اثر چہرہ پر ظاہر ہو جائے۔ لازمی طور پر اچھی خبر کے لئے یہ لفظ استعمال نہیں ہوتا۔ پس چونکہ نبی نرم دل ہوتا ہے اور ابراہیم علیہ السلام کے لئے قرآن کریم میں خاص طور پر ذکر ہے کہ وہ بڑے نرم دل تھے۔ جب انہوں نے یہ سنا کہ لوطؑ کی
11:70, 71.
11:70-71.
Commentary:
The verse speaks of two things: (1) the glad tidings that the messengers brought to Abraham and (2) the warning that the people of the city of Lot were about to be destroyed. The glad tidings conveyed to Abraham were about the birth of a son and the cities to be destroyed were Sodom and Gomorrah. They were situated in the neighbourhood of the Dead Sea on the road from Arabia to Syria. The road has been called سبیل مقیم (a road that still exists) in the Quran (15:77). The Dead Sea is also called the Bahr Lut.
g
11:70, 71.
2
آیت کے الفاظ یہ ہیں کہ ابراہیمؑ کے پاس ہمارے رسول بُشْرٰی لائے۔ اور اردو میں بُشْرٰی کا لفظ بشارت یعنی خوشخبری کے معنوں میں استعمال ہوتا ہے۔ حالانکہ آگے چل کر انہوں نے خبر یہ دی ہے کہ ہم اس بستی کے لوگوں کو ہلاک کرنے والے ہیں۔ جو بظاہر ایک ُبری خبر ہے۔ اس کی وجہ یہ ہے کہ عربی زبان میں بُشْرٰی کے معنے ایک بڑی اور اہم خبر کے ہوتے ہیں۔ جس کا اثر چہرہ پر ظاہر ہو جائے۔ لازمی طور پر اچھی خبر کے لئے یہ لفظ استعمال نہیں ہوتا۔ پس چونکہ نبی نرم دل ہوتا ہے اور ابراہیم علیہ السلام کے لئے قرآن کریم میں خاص طور پر ذکر ہے کہ وہ بڑے نرم دل تھے۔ جب انہوں نے یہ سنا کہ لوطؑ کی
c
11:70-71.
2961
Commentary:
The verse speaks of two things: (1) the glad tidings that the messengers brought to Abraham and (2) the warning that the people of the city of Lot were about to be destroyed. The glad tidings conveyed to Abraham were about the birth of a son and the cities to be destroyed were Sodom and Gomorrah. They were situated in the neighbourhood of the Dead Sea on the road from Arabia to Syria. The road has been called سبیل مقیم (a road that still exists) in the Quran (15:77). The Dead Sea is also called the Bahr Lut.
a
11:70, 71.
قَالَ إِنَّ فِيهَا لُوطًا ۚ قَالُوا۟ نَحْنُ أَعْلَمُ بِمَن فِيهَا ۖ لَنُنَجِّيَنَّهُۥ وَأَهْلَهُۥٓ إِلَّا ٱمْرَأَتَهُۥ كَانَتْ مِنَ ٱلْغَٰبِرِينَ
a
15:60; 51:36.
b
7:84; 15:61; 26:172; 27:58.
a
15:60; 51:36.
b
7:84; 15:61; 26:172; 27:58.
b
15:60; 51:36.
c
7:84; 15:61; 26:172; 27:58.
وَلَمَّآ أَن جَآءَتْ رُسُلُنَا لُوطًا سِىٓءَ بِهِمْ وَضَاقَ بِهِمْ ذَرْعًا وَقَالُوا۟ لَا تَخَفْ وَلَا تَحْزَنْ ۖ إِنَّا مُنَجُّوكَ وَأَهْلَكَ إِلَّا ٱمْرَأَتَكَ كَانَتْ مِنَ ٱلْغَٰبِرِينَ
سِیْٓءَ بِھِمْ وَضَاقَ بِھِمْ ذَرْعًا اس کے یہ معنے نہیں کہ مہمان نوازی کا خیال لوط علیہ السلام کو بُرا لگا۔ بلکہ مطلب یہ ہے کہ چونکہ لوطؑ کی قوم نے ان کو منع کیا تھا کہ وہ غیر معروف مسافروں کو گھر میں نہ لایا کریں۔ اس لئے حضرت لوط علیہ السلام کو یہ رسول دیکھ کر دکھ پہنچا اور ان کا دل تنگ ہوا کہ کہیں ایسا نہ ہو میری قوم مجھے مہمان نوازی سے روکے اور مہمانوں کو دکھ دے چنانچہ قرآن کریم میں آتا ہے اَوَلَمْ نَنْھَکَ عَنِ الْعٰلَمِیْنَ (الحجر: ۷۱) اے لوط! کیا ہم نے تجھے غیر معلوم مسافروں کے گھر میں لانے سے نہیں روکا ہوا؟ اس زمانہ میں شہر چھوٹے چھوٹے اور دور دور ہوت
اِنَّا مُنَجُّوْکَ یہ درحقیقت خداتعالیٰ کا کلام ہے۔ قرآن کریم میں عربی قاعدہ کے مطابق انتشار ضمائر کثرت سے استعمال ہوتا ہے۔ یعنی غائب سے بدل کر حاضر کی ضمیر اور حاضر سے بدل کر غائب کی ضمیر استعمال ہوتی ہے۔ چنانچہ دیکھ لو کہ چند آیتیں نیچے فرماتا ہے ہم نے اس واقعہ کو نشان کے طور پر پچھلی قوموں میں چھوڑا اور اس سے اگلی آیت میں فرمایا کہ مدین کی طرف ہم نے ان کے بھائی شعیبؑ کو رسول کرکے بھیجا تھا۔ یہ دونوں آیتیں رسولوں کی طرف خواہ انہیں فرشتہ سمجھو یا انسان‘ منسوب نہیں ہو سکتیں‘ اللہ تعالیٰ ہی کی طرف منسوب ہو سکتی ہیں۔ پس ’’ہم تجھ کو نجات دینے والے ہیں‘‘ بھی خد
11:78.
7:84; 27:58.
Daqa Bihi Dhar‘an means, he lacked strength or ability or power to do the thing (Lane). Who the messengers mentioned in the verse were and what their mission was has been explained in 11:70, 71 and 15:68-72. Their visit distressed and grieved Prophet Lot because his people, having adopted the calling of the road, did not like strangers to visit their town and therefore they had forbidden Lot to receive outsiders. He feared that his people might humiliate him before his guests.
11:78.
7:84; 21:75; 27:58.
Important Words:
سییء (he was distressed) is passive verb from ساء. They say ساء الامر فلاناً i.e. the affair grieved such a one; or did with him what he hated. ساء به ظنا means, he suspected him (Aqrab).
ضاق بھم ذرعا (felt helpless on their account). ضاق means, it was or became narrow. They say ضاق عن الجواب i.e. he was incapable of replying. The expression ضاق به ذرعاً means, his power or ability was straitened or was inadequate to it or he was unable to do or accomplish the thing or he lacked strength or ability or power to do the thing (Lane).
Commentary:
Who the messengers mentioned in the verse were, what their mission was and why their visit distressed and grieved Prophet Lot has been explained in 11:70-71 & 15:68-72. It is enough for the purpose of the verse under comment to say that the messengers were righteous men of the locality and not angels as popularly believed, and that they had been commissioned by God to convey to Abraham and Lot the warning that Lot’s people were about to be punished on account of their vices and iniquities and to take Lot to a place of safety. Lot was distressed when the messengers arrived because his people being robbers were apprehensive of strangers visiting their city and therefore they had forbidden Lot to receive outsiders. It may further be noted here that "the messengers" brought to Abraham the glad tidings of the birth of a son, and at the same time the tidings that the people of Lot were going to be destroyed, the word البشری being applied to both good and bad news.
c
11:78.
d
7:84; 27:58.
1
سِیْٓءَ بِھِمْ وَضَاقَ بِھِمْ ذَرْعًا اس کے یہ معنے نہیں کہ مہمان نوازی کا خیال لوط علیہ السلام کو بُرا لگا۔ بلکہ مطلب یہ ہے کہ چونکہ لوطؑ کی قوم نے ان کو منع کیا تھا کہ وہ غیر معروف مسافروں کو گھر میں نہ لایا کریں۔ اس لئے حضرت لوط علیہ السلام کو یہ رسول دیکھ کر دکھ پہنچا اور ان کا دل تنگ ہوا کہ کہیں ایسا نہ ہو میری قوم مجھے مہمان نوازی سے روکے اور مہمانوں کو دکھ دے چنانچہ قرآن کریم میں آتا ہے اَوَلَمْ نَنْھَکَ عَنِ الْعٰلَمِیْنَ (الحجر: ۷۱) اے لوط! کیا ہم نے تجھے غیر معلوم مسافروں کے گھر میں لانے سے نہیں روکا ہوا؟ اس زمانہ میں شہر چھوٹے چھوٹے اور دور دور ہوت
2
اِنَّا مُنَجُّوْکَ یہ درحقیقت خداتعالیٰ کا کلام ہے۔ قرآن کریم میں عربی قاعدہ کے مطابق انتشار ضمائر کثرت سے استعمال ہوتا ہے۔ یعنی غائب سے بدل کر حاضر کی ضمیر اور حاضر سے بدل کر غائب کی ضمیر استعمال ہوتی ہے۔ چنانچہ دیکھ لو کہ چند آیتیں نیچے فرماتا ہے ہم نے اس واقعہ کو نشان کے طور پر پچھلی قوموں میں چھوڑا اور اس سے اگلی آیت میں فرمایا کہ مدین کی طرف ہم نے ان کے بھائی شعیبؑ کو رسول کرکے بھیجا تھا۔ یہ دونوں آیتیں رسولوں کی طرف خواہ انہیں فرشتہ سمجھو یا انسان‘ منسوب نہیں ہو سکتیں‘ اللہ تعالیٰ ہی کی طرف منسوب ہو سکتی ہیں۔ پس ’’ہم تجھ کو نجات دینے والے ہیں‘‘ بھی خد
c
11:78.
d
7:84; 21:75; 27:58.
2962
Important Words:
سییء (he was distressed) is passive verb from ساء. They say ساء الامر فلاناً i.e. the affair grieved such a one; or did with him what he hated. ساء به ظنا means, he suspected him (Aqrab).
ضاق بھم ذرعا (felt helpless on their account). ضاق means, it was or became narrow. They say ضاق عن الجواب i.e. he was incapable of replying. The expression ضاق به ذرعاً means, his power or ability was straitened or was inadequate to it or he was unable to do or accomplish the thing or he lacked strength or ability or power to do the thing (Lane).
Commentary:
Who the messengers mentioned in the verse were, what their mission was and why their visit distressed and grieved Prophet Lot has been explained in 11:70-71 & 15:68-72. It is enough for the purpose of the verse under comment to say that the messengers were righteous men of the locality and not angels as popularly believed, and that they had been commissioned by God to convey to Abraham and Lot the warning that Lot’s people were about to be punished on account of their vices and iniquities and to take Lot to a place of safety. Lot was distressed when the messengers arrived because his people being robbers were apprehensive of strangers visiting their city and therefore they had forbidden Lot to receive outsiders. It may further be noted here that "the messengers" brought to Abraham the glad tidings of the birth of a son, and at the same time the tidings that the people of Lot were going to be destroyed, the word البشری being applied to both good and bad news.
d
11:78.
e
7:84; 27:58.
2251
Daqa Bihi Dhar‘an means, he lacked strength or ability or power to do the thing (Lane). Who the messengers mentioned in the verse were and what their mission was has been explained in 11:70, 71 and 15:68-72. Their visit distressed and grieved Prophet Lot because his people, having adopted the calling of the road, did not like strangers to visit their town and therefore they had forbidden Lot to receive outsiders. He feared that his people might humiliate him before his guests.
إِنَّا مُنزِلُونَ عَلَىٰٓ أَهْلِ هَٰذِهِ ٱلْقَرْيَةِ رِجْزًا مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْسُقُونَ
27:59.
27:59.
27:59.
Important Words:
رجزا (punishment) is infinitive-noun from رجز (rajaza) and means, punishment; dirt or filth; iniquity or sin; idol worship, etc. (Aqrab). See also 2:60.
e
27:59.
a
27:59.
2963
Important Words:
رجزا (punishment) is infinitive-noun from رجز (rajaza) and means, punishment; dirt or filth; iniquity or sin; idol worship, etc. (Aqrab). See also 2:60.
f
27:59.
وَلَقَد تَّرَكْنَا مِنْهَآ ءَايَةًۢ بَيِّنَةً لِّقَوْمٍ يَعْقِلُونَ
15:76; 51:38.
15:76; 51:38.
15:76; 51:38.
f
15:76; 51:38.
b
15:76; 51:38.
a
15:76; 51:38.
وَإِلَىٰ مَدْيَنَ أَخَاهُمْ شُعَيْبًا فَقَالَ يَٰقَوْمِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَٱرْجُوا۟ ٱلْيَوْمَ ٱلْءَاخِرَ وَلَا تَعْثَوْا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مُفْسِدِينَ
7:86; 11:85.
7:86; 11:85.
7:86; 11:85.
g
7:86; 11:85.
c
7:86; 11:85.
b
7:86; 11:85.
فَكَذَّبُوهُ فَأَخَذَتْهُمُ ٱلرَّجْفَةُ فَأَصْبَحُوا۟ فِى دَارِهِمْ جَٰثِمِينَ
7:92; 11:95; 26:190.
7:92; 11:95; 26:190.
7:92; 11:95; 26:190.
Commentary:
For the different kinds of Divine punishment which overtook the enemies of the Prophets who have been mentioned in this Surah, see a collective note on v. 41 below.
h
7:92; 11:95; 26:190.
d
7:92; 11:95; 26:190.
2964
Commentary:
For the different kinds of Divine punishment which overtook the enemies of the Prophets who have been mentioned in this Surah, see a collective note on v. 41 below.
c
7:92; 11:95; 26:190.
وَعَادًا وَثَمُودَا۟ وَقَد تَّبَيَّنَ لَكُم مِّن مَّسَٰكِنِهِمْ ۖ وَزَيَّنَ لَهُمُ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ أَعْمَٰلَهُمْ فَصَدَّهُمْ عَنِ ٱلسَّبِيلِ وَكَانُوا۟ مُسْتَبْصِرِينَ
9:70.
یعنی وہ دیر تک بدعملیوں کے مرتکب رہے۔ یہاں تک کہ ان کو عادت ہو گئی اور وہ ان کو اچھی لگنے لگ گئیں۔
9:70.
The Quranic expression means: (1) They clearly saw that the course they had adopted was wrong. (2) They deliberately adopted a course knowing full well what the end would be.
9:70.
Important Words:
مستبصرین is derived from بصر which means, he saw; he perceived; he knew; he understood; he recognised. استبصر الامر means, the affair became clear or manifest (Aqrab). See also 28:44.
Commentary:
In view of the different meanings of the root word بصر the expression کانوا مستبصرین would mean: (1) the wickedness of the course ‘Ad and Thamud had adopted, had become quite clear to them; or (2) they clearly saw that the course they had adopted was wrong or (3) they deliberately adopted a course knowing full well what the end would be.
i
9:70.
1
یعنی وہ دیر تک بدعملیوں کے مرتکب رہے۔ یہاں تک کہ ان کو عادت ہو گئی اور وہ ان کو اچھی لگنے لگ گئیں۔
e
9:70.
2965
Important Words:
مستبصرین is derived from بصر which means, he saw; he perceived; he knew; he understood; he recognised. استبصر الامر means, the affair became clear or manifest (Aqrab). See also 28:44.
Commentary:
In view of the different meanings of the root word بصر the expression کانوا مستبصرین would mean: (1) the wickedness of the course ‘Ad and Thamud had adopted, had become quite clear to them; or (2) they clearly saw that the course they had adopted was wrong or (3) they deliberately adopted a course knowing full well what the end would be.
d
9:70.
2252
The Quranic expression means: (1) They clearly saw that the course they had adopted was wrong. (2) They deliberately adopted a course knowing full well what the end would be.
وَقَٰرُونَ وَفِرْعَوْنَ وَهَٰمَٰنَ ۖ وَلَقَدْ جَآءَهُم مُّوسَىٰ بِٱلْبَيِّنَٰتِ فَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا كَانُوا۟ سَٰبِقِينَ
28:37.
28:37.
28:37.
a
28:37.
a
28:37.
e
28:37.
فَكُلًّا أَخَذْنَا بِذَنۢبِهِۦ ۖ فَمِنْهُم مَّنْ أَرْسَلْنَا عَلَيْهِ حَاصِبًا وَمِنْهُم مَّنْ أَخَذَتْهُ ٱلصَّيْحَةُ وَمِنْهُم مَّنْ خَسَفْنَا بِهِ ٱلْأَرْضَ وَمِنْهُم مَّنْ أَغْرَقْنَا ۚ وَمَا كَانَ ٱللَّهُ لِيَظْلِمَهُمْ وَلَٰكِن كَانُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ يَظْلِمُونَ
28:82.
16:34; 30:10.
The Qur’an has used different words and expressions for the punishment which overtook the opponents of the various Prophets in their respective times. The punishment that came upon ‘Ad is described as furious wind (41:17; 54:20 & 69:7); that which overtook Thamud as earthquake (7:79), blast (11:68: 54:32), thunderbolt (41:18) and violent blast (69:6); that which destroyed the people of Lot as stones of clay (11:83; 15:75), storm of stones (54:35); and that which overtook Midian, the people of Shu‘aib, as earthquake (7:92; 29:38), blast (11:95), and punishment of the day of overshadowing doom (26:190). Last of all the heavenly punishment which seized Pharaoh and his mighty hosts and courtiers, Haman and Korah and destroyed them root and branch, has been described by the expressions: We…drowned Pharaoh’s people (2:51; 7:137 & 17:104), and We caused the earth to swallow him up (28:82).
28:82.
16:34; 30:10.
Commentary:
Whereas separate mention has been made in the few preceding verses of the peoples of the five great Prophets of God (Hud, Salih, Lot, Shu‘aib and Moses), the manner in which they treated their Prophets and of the Divine punishment that overtook them on account of their wicked behaviour, the present verse deals collectively with the different forms of punishment. The Quran has used different words and expressions to describe the punishment which overtook the opponents of the various Prophets in their respective times. The punishment that came upon ‘Ad, is described as ریحا صرصراi.e. furious wind (41:17; 54:20 & 69:7) and الریح العقیم i.e. destructive wind (51:42); that which overtook Thamud, as رجفة i.e. earthquake (7:79), صیحة i.e. blast (11:68; 54:32), صاعقة i.e. thunderbolt (41:18) and طاغیة i.e. violent blast (69:5); that which destroyed the people of Lot as حجارة من سجیل i.e. stones of clay (11:83; 15:75), صیحة and حاصبا i.e. storm of stones (54:35); and that which overtook Midian, the people of Shu‘aib as رجفة i.e. earthquake (7:92; 29:38), صیحة i.e. blast (11:95), and عذاب یوم الظلة i.e. punishment of the day of overshadowing doom (26:190). Last of all the heavenly punishment which seized Pharaoh and his mighty hosts and his courtiers, Haman and Korah and destroyed them root and branch has been described by the expressions أغرقنا i.e. We drowned them (2:51; 7:137 & 17:104) and خسفنا به i.e. We made the earth swallow him up (28:82).
A careful study of these words shows that some of them, particularly حاصب ، صیحة ، صاعقة ، رجفة and طاغیة are interchangeable and possess almost analogous significance and meaning. See also 11:68.
b
28:82.
c
16:34; 30:10.
b
28:82.
c
16:34; 30:10.
2966
Commentary:
Whereas separate mention has been made in the few preceding verses of the peoples of the five great Prophets of God (Hud, Salih, Lot, Shu‘aib and Moses), the manner in which they treated their Prophets and of the Divine punishment that overtook them on account of their wicked behaviour, the present verse deals collectively with the different forms of punishment. The Quran has used different words and expressions to describe the punishment which overtook the opponents of the various Prophets in their respective times. The punishment that came upon ‘Ad, is described as ریحا صرصراi.e. furious wind (41:17; 54:20 & 69:7) and الریح العقیم i.e. destructive wind (51:42); that which overtook Thamud, as رجفة i.e. earthquake (7:79), صیحة i.e. blast (11:68; 54:32), صاعقة i.e. thunderbolt (41:18) and طاغیة i.e. violent blast (69:5); that which destroyed the people of Lot as حجارة من سجیل i.e. stones of clay (11:83; 15:75), صیحة and حاصبا i.e. storm of stones (54:35); and that which overtook Midian, the people of Shu‘aib as رجفة i.e. earthquake (7:92; 29:38), صیحة i.e. blast (11:95), and عذاب یوم الظلة i.e. punishment of the day of overshadowing doom (26:190). Last of all the heavenly punishment which seized Pharaoh and his mighty hosts and his courtiers, Haman and Korah and destroyed them root and branch has been described by the expressions أغرقنا i.e. We drowned them (2:51; 7:137 & 17:104) and خسفنا به i.e. We made the earth swallow him up (28:82).
A careful study of these words shows that some of them, particularly حاصب ، صیحة ، صاعقة ، رجفة and طاغیة are interchangeable and possess almost analogous significance and meaning. See also 11:68.
a
28:82.
b
16:34; 30:10.
2253
The Qur’an has used different words and expressions for the punishment which overtook the opponents of the various Prophets in their respective times. The punishment that came upon ‘Ad is described as furious wind (41:17; 54:20 & 69:7); that which overtook Thamud as earthquake (7:79), blast (11:68: 54:32), thunderbolt (41:18) and violent blast (69:6); that which destroyed the people of Lot as stones of clay (11:83; 15:75), storm of stones (54:35); and that which overtook Midian, the people of Shu‘aib, as earthquake (7:92; 29:38), blast (11:95), and punishment of the day of overshadowing doom (26:190). Last of all the heavenly punishment which seized Pharaoh and his mighty hosts and courtiers, Haman and Korah and destroyed them root and branch, has been described by the expressions: We…drowned Pharaoh’s people (2:51; 7:137 & 17:104), and We caused the earth to swallow him up (28:82).
مَثَلُ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ أَوْلِيَآءَ كَمَثَلِ ٱلْعَنكَبُوتِ ٱتَّخَذَتْ بَيْتًا ۖ وَإِنَّ أَوْهَنَ ٱلْبُيُوتِ لَبَيْتُ ٱلْعَنكَبُوتِ ۖ لَوْ كَانُوا۟ يَعْلَمُونَ
The subject of the Unity of God with which the Surah primarily deals is brought to a close in this verse with a beautiful metaphor which drives home to polytheists the folly, futility and falsity of idolatrous beliefs and practices. They are as frail as the web of a spider and cannot stand intelligent criticism.
Commentary:
In the previous several verses arguments have been given in refutation of Shirk and brief references have been made to the lives and missions of some of the greatest preachers of Divine Unity to show that those who rejected them ultimately came to grief. This subject of the Unity of God is brought to a close in this verse with a beautiful metaphor which drives home the folly, futility and falsity of idolatrous beliefs and practices of polytheists. They are as frail, says the verse, as the web of a spider and cannot stand intelligent criticism.
2967
Commentary:
In the previous several verses arguments have been given in refutation of Shirk and brief references have been made to the lives and missions of some of the greatest preachers of Divine Unity to show that those who rejected them ultimately came to grief. This subject of the Unity of God is brought to a close in this verse with a beautiful metaphor which drives home the folly, futility and falsity of idolatrous beliefs and practices of polytheists. They are as frail, says the verse, as the web of a spider and cannot stand intelligent criticism.
2254
The subject of the Unity of God with which the Surah primarily deals is brought to a close in this verse with a beautiful metaphor which drives home to polytheists the folly, futility and falsity of idolatrous beliefs and practices. They are as frail as the web of a spider and cannot stand intelligent criticism.
إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَعْلَمُ مَا يَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِهِۦ مِن شَىْءٍ ۚ وَهُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلْحَكِيمُ
Commentary:
The words, verily Allah knows…, contain a warning that God is not unaware of the blasphemous practices of idol worshippers and that He will punish them for having enthroned false gods in their hearts.
2968
Commentary:
The words, verily Allah knows…, contain a warning that God is not unaware of the blasphemous practices of idol worshippers and that He will punish them for having enthroned false gods in their hearts.
وَتِلْكَ ٱلْأَمْثَٰلُ نَضْرِبُهَا لِلنَّاسِ ۖ وَمَا يَعْقِلُهَآ إِلَّا ٱلْعَٰلِمُونَ
13:18; 14:26.
13:18; 14:26.
6:74; 16:4; 39:6.
a
13:18; 14:26.
a
6:74; 16:4; 39:6.
a
13:18; 14:26.
خَلَقَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ بِٱلْحَقِّ ۚ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَءَايَةً لِّلْمُؤْمِنِينَ
6:74; 16:4; 39:6.
The expression Bil-haqqi signifies that there is clear evidence of an intelligent design and purpose in the creation of the heavens and the earth and that a profound and consummate plan works in all the celestial and terrestrial bodies.
6:74; 16:4; 39:6.
Commentary:
The expression بالـحق (in accordance with the requirements of wisdom) signifies that there is clear evidence of an intelligent design and purpose in the creation of the heavens and the earth and that a profound and consummate plan exists in all the celestial and terrestrial bodies. This design and purpose constitutes an invincible testimony to the existence of an All-Knowing and All-Powerful Designer, Creator and Controller of the universe.
b
6:74; 16:4; 39:6.
976
بِالْحَقِّ (Bilhaqqi) 这一用语意示, 创造天地清楚地证明了安拉明智的计划和目的以及在天体和地球物体之间运行着一种深奥而完美无缺的安排。
a
6:74; 16:4; 39:6.
2969
Commentary:
The expression بالـحق (in accordance with the requirements of wisdom) signifies that there is clear evidence of an intelligent design and purpose in the creation of the heavens and the earth and that a profound and consummate plan exists in all the celestial and terrestrial bodies. This design and purpose constitutes an invincible testimony to the existence of an All-Knowing and All-Powerful Designer, Creator and Controller of the universe.
b
6:74; 16:4; 39:6.
2255
The expression Bil-haqqi signifies that there is clear evidence of an intelligent design and purpose in the creation of the heavens and the earth and that a profound and consummate plan works in all the celestial and terrestrial bodies.